Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
 
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from                     to                      .
Commission file number: 1-6948
SPX Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware
 (State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
38-1016240
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
13320-A Ballantyne Corporate Place
Charlotte, NC 28277
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (980) 474-3700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days. Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x    No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
Emerging growth company o
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to used the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act     o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No x
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 1, 2017 was $1,046,296,706. The determination of affiliate status for purposes of the foregoing calculation is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
____________________________________________________________________________
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 16, 2018 was 42,782,822.
____________________________________________________________________________
Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Registrant’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting to be held on May 15, 2018 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






P A R T    I
ITEM 1. Business
(All currency and share amounts are in millions)
Forward-Looking Information
Some of the statements in this document and any documents incorporated by reference, including any statements as to operational and financial projections, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our businesses’ or our industries’ actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. Such statements may address our plans, our strategies, our prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) or in other sections of this document. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of those terms or other comparable terminology. Particular risks facing us include economic, business and other risks stemming from our internal operations, legal and regulatory risks, costs of raw materials, pricing pressures, pension funding requirements, integration of acquisitions and changes in the economy.  These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially because of market conditions in our industries or other factors, and forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual results. In addition, management’s estimates of future operating results are based on our current complement of businesses, which is subject to change as management selects strategic markets.
All the forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors,” in this filing and any subsequent filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as in any documents incorporated by reference that describe risks and factors that could cause results to differ materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We caution you that these risk factors may not be exhaustive. We operate in a continually changing business environment and frequently enter into new businesses and product lines. We cannot predict these new risk factors, and we cannot assess the impact, if any, of these new risk factors on our businesses or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not rely on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. We disclaim any responsibility to update or publicly revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this document.
Business
We were founded in Muskegon, Michigan in 1912 as the Piston Ring Company and adopted our current name in 1988. Since 1968, we have been incorporated under the laws of Delaware, and we have been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since 1972.
On September 26, 2015 (the “Distribution Date”), we completed the spin-off to our stockholders (the “Spin-Off”) of all the outstanding shares of SPX FLOW, Inc. (“SPX FLOW”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPX Corporation (“SPX”) prior to the Spin-Off, which at the time of the Spin-Off held the businesses comprising our Flow Technology reportable segment, our Hydraulic Technologies business, and certain of our corporate subsidiaries (collectively, the “FLOW Business”). On the Distribution Date, each of our stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 16, 2015 (the “Record Date”) received one share of common stock of SPX FLOW for every share of SPX common stock held as of the Record Date. SPX FLOW is now an independent public company trading under the symbol “FLOW” on the New York Stock Exchange. Following the Spin-Off, SPX’s common stock continues to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the ticker symbol, “SPXC”.
Prior to the Spin-Off, our businesses serving the power generation markets had a major impact on the consolidated financial results of SPX. In the recent years leading up to the Spin-Off, these businesses experienced significant declines in revenues and profitability associated with weak demand and increased competition within the global power generation markets. Based on a review of our post-spin portfolio and the belief that a recovery within the power generation markets was unlikely in the foreseeable future, we decided that our strategic focus would be on our (i) scalable growth businesses that serve the heating and ventilation (“HVAC”) and detection and measurement markets and (ii) power transformer and process cooling systems businesses. As a result, we have significantly reduced our

1



exposure to the power generation markets as indicated by the dispositions of our dry cooling and Balcke Dürr businesses during the first and fourth quarters of 2016, respectively. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these dispositions.
Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided in Part I pertain to continuing operations only (see Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for information on discontinued operations).
We are a diversified, global supplier of infrastructure equipment serving the HVAC, detection and measurement, power transmission and generation, and industrial markets. With operations in approximately 15 countries and over 5,000 employees, we offer a wide array of highly engineered infrastructure products with strong brands.
HVAC solutions offered by our businesses include package cooling towers, residential and commercial boilers, comfort heating, and ventilation products. Our market leading brands, coupled with our commitment to continuous innovation and focus on our customers’ needs, enables our HVAC cooling and heating businesses to serve an expanding number of industrial, commercial and residential customers. Growth for our HVAC businesses will be driven by innovation, increased scalability, and our ability to meet the needs of broader markets.

Our detection and measurement product lines encompass underground pipe and cable locators and inspection equipment, fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting. Our detection and measurement solutions enable utilities, telecommunication providers and regulators, and municipalities and transit authorities to build, monitor and maintain vital infrastructure. Our technology and decades of experience have afforded us a strong position in specific detection and measurement markets. We intend to expand our portfolio of specialized products through new, innovative hardware and software solutions in an attempt to (i) further capitalize on the detection and measurement markets we currently serve and (ii) expand the number of markets that we serve.

Within our engineered solutions platform, we are a leading manufacturer of medium and large power transformers, as well as process cooling equipment and heat exchangers. These solutions play a critical role in electricity transmission and generation. Specifically, our power transformers play an integral role in the North American power grid, while our process cooling equipment and heat exchangers assist our customers in meeting their power generation and industrial needs. The businesses within the platform are committed to driving value through continued focus on operational and engineering efficiencies.
Reportable Segments
We aggregate our operating segments into the following three reportable segments: HVAC, Detection and Measurement, and Engineered Solutions. The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of products sold or services provided, production processes, types of customers, distribution methods, and regulatory environment. In determining our reportable segments, we apply the threshold criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification (“Codification”). Operating income or loss for each of our segments is determined before considering impairment and special charges, pension and postretirement expense, long-term incentive compensation and other indirect corporate expenses. This is consistent with the way our Chief Operating Decision Maker evaluates the results of each segment.
HVAC Reportable Segment
Our HVAC reportable segment had revenues of $511.0, $509.5 and $529.1 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and backlog of $41.4 and $28.3 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 99% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018. The segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services cooling products for the HVAC and industrial markets, as well as heating and ventilation products for the residential and commercial markets. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers, independent manufacturing representatives, third-party distributors, and retailers. The segment serves a customer base in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Core brands for our cooling products include Marley and Recold, with the major competitors to these products being Baltimore Aircoil Company and Evapco. Our heating and ventilation products are sold under the Berko, Qmark, Fahrenheat, and Leading Edge brands, while our Marley-Wylain subsidiary sells Weil-McLain and Williamson-Thermoflo brands. Major competitors to these products are TPI Corporation, Ouellet, King Electric, Systemair Mfg. LLC, Cadet Manufacturing Company, and Dimplex North America Ltd for heating products, Burnham Holdings, Inc, Mestek, Cleaver Brooks and Buderus for boiler products, and TPI Corporation, Broan-NuTone LLC and Airmaster Fan Company for ventilation products.

2



Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment
Our Detection and Measurement reportable segment had revenues of $260.3, $226.4 and $232.3 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and backlog of $54.0 and $53.6 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 65% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018. The segment engineers, designs, manufactures and installs underground pipe and cable locators and inspection equipment, bus fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party distributors. The segment serves a global customer base, with a strong presence in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. Core brands for our underground pipe and cable locators and inspection equipment are Radiodetection, Pearpoint, Dielectric, and Warren G-V, with the major competitors to these products being Vivax-Metrotech, Leica, Subsite, IPEK, IBAK, Cues, System Studies, and Ridgid. Our bus fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting are sold under the Genfare, TCI and Flash Technology brand names, respectively. Major competitors to our bus fare collection systems include Scheidt & Bachmann, Trapeze Group, Init, and Vix Technology, while major competitors to our communication technologies products include Rohde & Schwarz, Thales Group, Saab Grintek, and LS Telcom. Lastly, major competitors of our specialty lighting products include H&P, TWR Lighting, Unimar, Dialight and ITL.
Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment
Our Engineered Solutions reportable segment had revenues of $654.5, $736.4 and $797.6 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and backlog of $434.0 and $416.7 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 83% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018. The segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services transformers for the power transmission and distribution market, as well as process cooling equipment and rotating and stationary heat exchangers for the power generation and industrial markets. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party representatives. The segment has a strong presence in North America and South Africa.
We sell transformers under the Waukesha brand name. Typical customers for this product line are publicly and privately held utilities. Our competitors in this market include ABB Ltd., GE-Prolec, Siemens, Hyundai Power Transformers, Delta Star Inc., Pennsylvania Transformer Technology, Inc., SGB-SMIT Group, Virginia Transformer Corporation, Howard Industries, Inc., and WEG S.A.
Our process cooling products and heat exchangers are sold under the brand names of SPX Cooling, Marley, Yuba, and Ecolaire, with major competitors to these products and service lines being Enexio, Hamon & Cie, Thermal Engineering International, Howden Group Ltd, Siemens AG, and Alstom SA.
Acquisitions
We did not acquire any businesses in 2017, 2016 or 2015. However, we regularly review and negotiate potential acquisitions in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be material.
Divestitures
We regularly review and negotiate potential divestitures in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be material. As a result of this continuous review, we determined that certain of our businesses would be better strategic fits with other companies or investors.
The following businesses were disposed of during 2016 and 2015:
Business
Year
Disposed
Balcke Dürr*
2016
Dry Cooling
2016
SPX FLOW*
2015
___________________________________________________________________
*
Reflected as a discontinued operation for all periods presented.
International Operations
We are a multinational corporation with operations in approximately 15 countries. Sales outside the United States were $182.5, $237.1 and $303.6 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

3



See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our international operations.
Research and Development
We are actively engaged in research and development programs designed to improve existing products and manufacturing methods and develop new products to better serve our current and future customers. These efforts encompass certain of our products with divisional engineering teams coordinating their resources. We place particular emphasis on the development of new products that are compatible with, and build upon, our manufacturing and marketing capabilities.
We expensed $23.3, $29.1 and $28.6 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, of research activities relating to the development and improvement of our products.
Patents/Trademarks
We own approximately 147 domestic and 238 foreign patents (comprising approximately 163 patent “families”), including approximately 26 patents that were issued in 2017, covering a variety of our products and manufacturing methods. We also own a number of registered trademarks. Although in the aggregate our patents and trademarks are of considerable importance in the operation of our business, we do not consider any single patent or trademark to be of such importance that its absence would adversely affect our ability to conduct business as presently constituted. We are both a licensor and licensee of patents. For more information, please refer to “Risk Factors.”
Outsourcing and Raw Materials
We manufacture many of the components used in our products; however, our strategy includes outsourcing certain components and sub-assemblies to other companies where strategically and economically beneficial. In instances where we depend on third-party suppliers for outsourced products or components, we are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the quality or performance of the products we sell due to supplier failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-party supplier can lead to the interruption of our ability to obtain the outsourced product and ultimately to our inability to supply products to our customers. We believe that we generally will be able to continue to obtain adequate supplies of key products or appropriate substitutes at reasonable costs.
We are subject to increases in the prices of many of our key raw materials, including petroleum-based products, steel and copper. In recent years, we have generally been able to offset increases in raw material costs. Occasionally, we are subject to long-term supplier contracts, which may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations. We use forward contracts to manage our exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials (“commodity contracts”). See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on commodity contracts.
Due to our diverse products and services, as well as the wide geographic dispersion of our production facilities, we use numerous sources for the raw materials needed in our operations. We are not significantly dependent on any one or a limited number of suppliers, and we have been able to obtain suitable quantities of raw materials at competitive prices.
Competition
Our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by reportable or operating segment since we and our competitors do not offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets. In addition, specific reliable comparative figures are not available for many of our competitors. In most product groups, competition comes from numerous concerns, both large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product performance, technical innovation and price. These methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors as they apply to the various products and services offered. See “Reportable Segments” above for a discussion of our competitors.
Environmental Matters
See “MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates — Contingent Liabilities,” “Risk Factors” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding environmental matters.
Employment
At December 31, 2017, we had over 5,000 employees. Six domestic collective bargaining agreements covered approximately 1,000 employees. We also had various collective labor arrangements as of that date covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. While we generally have experienced satisfactory labor relations, we are subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other potential labor disputes.

4



Executive Officers
See Part III, Item 10 of this report for information about our executive officers.
Other Matters
No customer or group of customers that, to our knowledge, are under common control accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues for any period presented.
Our businesses maintain sufficient levels of working capital to support customer requirements, particularly inventory. We believe our businesses’ sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our competitors.
Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets they serve. In addition, certain businesses have seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.
Our website address is www.spx.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference herein. We file reports with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and certain amendments to these reports. Copies of these reports are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file the reports with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Additionally, you may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

5



ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
(All currency and share amounts are in millions)
You should consider the risks described below and elsewhere in our documents filed with the SEC before investing in any of our securities. We may amend, supplement or add to the risk factors described below from time to time in future reports filed with the SEC.
Many of the markets in which we operate are cyclical or are subject to industry events, and our results have been and could be affected as a result.
Many of the markets in which we operate are subject to general economic cycles or industry events. In addition, certain of our businesses are subject to market-specific cycles and weather-related fluctuations, including, but not limited to:
HVAC; and
Power transmission and distribution products.

In addition, contract timing on large projects, including those relating to power transmission and distribution systems, communications technology, fare collection systems, process cooling systems and towers, and power generation equipment may cause significant fluctuations in revenues and profits from period to period.
The businesses of many of our customers, particularly general industrial and power and energy companies, are to varying degrees cyclical and have experienced, and may continue to experience, periodic downturns. Cyclical changes and specific industry events could also affect sales of products in our other businesses. Downturns in the business cycles of our different operations may occur at the same time, which could exacerbate any adverse effects on our business. In addition, certain of our businesses have seasonal and weather-related fluctuations. Historically, many of our key businesses generally have tended to have stronger performance in the second half of the year. See "MD&A - Results of Continuing Operations and Results Reportable Segments."
Our business depends on capital investment and maintenance expenditures by our customers.
Demand for most of our products and services depends on the level of new capital investment and planned maintenance expenditures by our customers. The level of capital expenditures by our customers fluctuates based on planned expansions, new builds and repairs, commodity prices, general economic conditions, availability of credit, and expectations of future market behavior. Any of these factors, whether individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our customers and, in turn, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The price and availability of raw materials may adversely affect our business.
We are exposed to a variety of risks relating to the price and availability of raw materials. In recent years, we have faced volatility in the prices of many key raw materials, including copper, steel and oil. Increases in the prices of raw materials or shortages or allocations of materials may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as we may not be able to pass cost increases on to our customers, or our sales may be reduced. We are subject to, or may enter into, long-term supplier contracts that may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations.
Our customers could be impacted by commodity availability and prices.
A number of factors outside our control, including fluctuating commodity prices, impact the demand for our products. Increased commodity prices may increase our customers’ cost of doing business, thus causing them to delay or cancel large capital projects.
On the other hand, declining commodity prices may cause our customers to delay or cancel projects relating to the production of such commodities. For example, declines in oil prices have led to reduced demand for certain of our power generation products. In addition, in regions where the economy is largely dependent on oil and gas, declines in oil and gas prices have impacted the ability of our customers in these regions to finance capital expenditures. As a result, certain of our customers in these regions have delayed or cancelled tenders for our spectrum monitoring and related products. Reduced demand for our products and services could result in the delay or cancellation of existing

6



orders or lead to excess manufacturing capacity, which unfavorably impacts our absorption of fixed manufacturing costs. Reduced demand may also erode average selling prices in the relevant market.
Credit and counterparty risks could harm our business.
The financial condition of our customers and distributors could affect our ability to market our products or collect receivables. In addition, financial difficulties faced by our customers may lead to cancellations or delays of orders.
Our customers may suffer financial difficulties that make them unable to pay for a project when completed, or they may decide not or be unable to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in response to changes in local laws and regulations. We cannot assure you that expenses or losses for uncollectible amounts will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.
We operate in highly competitive markets. Our failure to compete effectively could harm our business.
We sell our products in highly competitive markets, which could result in pressure on our profit margins and limit our ability to maintain or increase the market share of our products. We compete on a number of fronts, including on the basis of product offerings, technical capabilities, quality, service and pricing. We have a number of competitors with substantial technological and financial resources, brand recognition and established relationships with global service providers. Some of our competitors have lower cost structures, support from local governments, or both. In addition, new competitors may enter the markets in which we participate. Competitors may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or a more attractive mix of products or services, or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not match. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new or emerging technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns and make more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners. In addition, competitive environments in slow-growth markets, to which some of our businesses have exposure, have been inherently more influenced by pricing and domestic and global economic conditions. To remain competitive, we need to invest in manufacturing, marketing, customer service and support and our distribution networks. No assurances can be made that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make the investment required to maintain or increase our market share or that our investments will be successful. If we do not compete successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
The fact that we outsource various elements of the products and services we sell subjects us to the business risks of our suppliers and subcontractors, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
In areas where we depend on third-party suppliers and subcontractors for outsourced products, components or services, we are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the quality or performance of the products or services we sell due to supplier or subcontractor failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-party supplier or subcontractor can lead to the interruption of our ability to obtain outsourced products or services and ultimately our inability to supply products or services to our customers. Third-party supplier and subcontractor business interruptions can include, but are not limited to, work stoppages, union negotiations and other labor disputes. Current economic conditions could also impact the ability of suppliers and subcontractors to access credit and, thus, impair their ability to provide us quality products or services in a timely manner, or at all.
Cost overruns, inflation, delays and other risks could significantly impact our results, particularly with respect to long-term fixed-price contracts.
A portion of our revenues and earnings is generated through fixed-price contracts, particularly within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment. We recognize revenues for certain of these contracts using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting whereby revenues and expenses, and thereby profit, in a given period are determined based on our estimates as to the project status and the costs remaining to complete a particular project.
Estimates of total revenues and cost at completion are subject to many variables, including the length of time to complete a contract. In addition, contract delays may negatively impact these estimates and our revenues and earnings results for affected periods.
To the extent that we underestimate the remaining cost to complete a project, we may overstate the revenues and profit in a particular period. Further, certain of these contracts provide for penalties or liquidated damages for failure to timely perform our obligations under the contract, or require that we, at our expense, correct and remedy to the satisfaction of the other party certain defects. Because some of our long-term contracts are at a fixed price, we

7



face the risk that cost overruns or inflation may exceed, erode or eliminate our expected profit margin, or cause us to record a loss on our projects.
Our large power projects in South Africa are an example of these types of long-term-contract-related risks. The business environment surrounding our large power projects in South Africa remains difficult, as we have experienced, cost over-runs, and various other challenges associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various subcontractors (including us and our subcontractors), and various suppliers. We are currently involved in a number of claim disputes relating to these challenges. We are pursuing various commercial alternatives for addressing these challenges, in attempt to mitigate our overall financial exposure.
Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to our long-term contracts are reasonable, it is possible that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Worldwide economic conditions could negatively impact our businesses.
Many of our customers historically have tended to delay large capital projects, including expensive maintenance and upgrades, during economic downturns. Poor macroeconomic conditions could negatively impact our businesses by adversely affecting, among other things, our:
Revenues;
Margins;
Profits;
Cash flows;
Customers’ orders, including order cancellation activity or delays on existing orders;
Customers’ ability to access credit;
Customers’ ability to pay amounts due to us; and
Suppliers’ and distributors’ ability to perform and the availability and costs of materials and subcontracted services.

Downturns in global economies could negatively impact our performance or any expectations in reporting performance. For example, economic downturns relating to lower oil and gas prices have impacted the ability of customers in countries with oil and gas dependent economies to finance certain capital projects. This, in turn, has reduced demand for certain of our spectrum monitoring and related products in these regions.
Failure to protect or unauthorized use of our intellectual property may harm our business.
Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties or competitors may copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology or knowledge, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as in the United States. Costs incurred to defend our rights may be material.
If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted.
We are increasingly dependent on cloud-based and other information technology (“IT”) networks and systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit, and store electronic information. We depend on such IT infrastructure for electronic communications among our locations around the world and between our personnel and suppliers and customers. In addition, we rely on these IT systems to record, process, summarize, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including, among other things, our accounting and financial reporting processes; our manufacturing and supply chain processes; our sales and marketing efforts; and the data related to our research and development efforts. The failure of our IT systems or those of our business partners or third-party service providers to perform properly, or difficulties encountered in the development of new systems or the upgrade of existing systems, could disrupt our business and harm our reputation, which may result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess or obsolete inventory, and product shortages, causing our business, reputation, financial condition, and operating results to suffer. Upon expiration or termination of any of our agreements with third-party vendors, we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one vendor to another vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete.

8



Information technology security threats are increasing in frequency and sophistication. Cyber-attacks may be random, coordinated, or targeted, including sophisticated computer crime threats. These threats pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks, and those of our business partners and third-party service providers, and to the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our data. Despite our implementation of security measures, cybersecurity threats, such as malicious software, phishing attacks, computer viruses, and attempts to gain unauthorized access, cannot be completely mitigated. Our business, reputation, operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if, as a result of a significant cyber event or otherwise, our operations are disrupted or shutdown; our confidential, proprietary information is stolen or disclosed; the performance or security of our cloud-based product offerings is impacted; our intranet and internet sites are compromised; data is manipulated or destroyed; we incur costs or are required to pay fines in connection with stolen customer, employee, or other confidential information; we must dedicate significant resources to system repairs or increase cyber security protection; or we otherwise incur significant litigation or other costs.
Currency conversion risk could have a material impact on our reported results of business operations.
Our operating results are presented in U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies in which we conduct business could result in unfavorable translation effects as the results of transactions in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars.
Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, including countries utilizing the Euro, which may have a material adverse effect on sales or require us to lower our prices, and also decrease our reported revenues or margins related to sales conducted in foreign currencies to the extent we are unable or determine not to increase local currency prices. Likewise, decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on the cost of materials and products purchased overseas.
Similarly, increased or decreased strength of the currencies of non-U.S. countries in which we manufacture will have a comparable effect against the currencies of other jurisdictions in which we sell. For example, our Radiodetection business manufactures a number of detection instruments in the United Kingdom and sells to customers in other countries, therefore increased strength of the British pound sterling will increase the effective price of these products sold in British pound sterling into other countries; and decreased strength of British pound sterling could have a material adverse effect on the cost of materials and products purchased outside of the United Kingdom.
We are subject to laws, regulations and potential liability relating to claims, complaints and proceedings, including those relating to environmental, product liability and other matters.
We are subject to various laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of government authorities in the United States and other nations. With respect to acquisitions, divestitures and continuing operations, we may acquire or retain liabilities of which we are not aware, or which are of a different character or magnitude than expected. Additionally, changes in laws, ordinances, regulations, or other governmental policies may significantly increase our expenses and liabilities.
We face environmental exposures including, for example, those relating to discharges from and materials handled as part of our operations, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by petroleum products or hazardous substances or wastes, and the health and safety of our employees. We may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal, or remediation of hazardous substances or petroleum products on, under, or in our current or formerly owned or leased properties, or from third-party disposal facilities that we may have used, without regard to whether we knew of, or caused, the presence of the contaminants. The presence of, or failure to properly remediate, these substances may have adverse effects, including, for example, substantial investigative or remedial obligations and limitations on the ability to sell or rent affected property or to borrow funds using affected property as collateral. New or existing environmental matters or changes in environmental laws or policies could lead to material costs for environmental compliance or cleanup. In addition, environmentally related product regulations are growing globally in number and complexity and could contribute to increased costs with respect to disclosure requirements, product sales and distribution related costs, and post-sale recycling and disposal costs. There can be no assurance that these liabilities and costs will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Numerous claims, complaints, and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending against us or certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, “claims”). These claims relate to litigation matters (e.g., class actions and contracts, intellectual property, and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters (predominately associated with alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials), and other risk management matters (e.g., general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). Periodically, claims,

9



complaints and proceedings arising other than in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending against us or certain of our subsidiaries (e.g. patent infringement and disputes with subsidiary shareholder(s)). From time to time, we face actions by governmental authorities, both in and outside the United States. Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring significantly greater loss than we anticipate. Our insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures.
We devote significant time and expense to defend against the various claims, complaints, and proceedings brought against us, and we cannot assure you that the expenses or distractions from operating our businesses arising from these defenses will not increase materially.
We cannot assure you that our accruals and right to indemnity and insurance will be sufficient, that recoveries from insurance or indemnification claims will be available or that any of our current or future claims or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
See “MD&A - Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates - Contingent Liabilities” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
Our failure to successfully complete acquisitions could negatively affect us.
We may not be able to consummate desired acquisitions, which could materially impact our growth rate, results of operations, future cash flows and stock price. Our ability to achieve our goals depends upon, among other things, our ability to identify and successfully acquire companies, businesses and product lines, to effectively integrate them and to achieve cost savings. We may also be unable to raise additional funds necessary to consummate these acquisitions. In addition, decreases in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to consummate acquisitions. Competition for acquisitions in our business areas may be significant and result in higher prices for businesses, including businesses that we may target, which may also affect our acquisition rate or benefits achieved from our acquisitions.
We may not achieve the expected cost savings and other benefits of our acquisitions.
We strive for and expect to achieve cost savings in connection with our acquisitions, including: (i) manufacturing process and supply chain rationalization, (ii) streamlining redundant administrative overhead and support activities, and (iii) restructuring and repositioning sales and marketing organizations to eliminate redundancies. Cost savings expectations are estimates that are inherently difficult to predict and are necessarily speculative in nature, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve expected, or any, cost savings in connection with an acquisition. In addition, we cannot assure you that unforeseen factors will not offset the estimated cost savings or other benefits from our acquisitions. As a result, anticipated benefits could be delayed, differ significantly from our estimates and the other information contained in this report, or not be realized.
Our failure to successfully integrate acquisitions could have a negative effect on our operations; our acquisitions could cause financial difficulties.
Our acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:
Adverse effects on our reported operating results due to charges to earnings, including impairment charges associated with goodwill and other intangibles;
Diversion of management attention from core business operations;
Integration of technology, operations, personnel and financial and other systems;
Increased expenses;
Increased foreign operations, often with unique issues relating to corporate culture, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and other challenges;
Assumption of known and unknown liabilities and exposure to litigation;
Increased levels of debt or dilution to existing stockholders; and
Potential disputes with the sellers of acquired businesses, technology, services or products.

In addition, internal controls over financial reporting of acquired companies may not be compliant with required standards. Issues may exist that could rise to the level of significant deficiencies or, in some cases, material weaknesses, particularly with respect to foreign companies or non-public U.S. companies.

10



Our integration activities may place substantial demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal control systems. Customer dissatisfaction or performance problems with an acquired business, technology, service or product could also have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.
Dispositions or liabilities retained in connection with dispositions could negatively affect us.
Our dispositions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including diversion of management attention from running our core businesses, increased expense associated with the dispositions, potential disputes with the customers or suppliers of the disposed businesses, potential disputes with the acquirers of the disposed businesses and a potential dilutive effect on our earnings per share. In addition, we have agreed to retain certain liabilities in connection with the disposition of certain businesses, including the Balcke Dürr business. These liabilities may be significant and could negatively impact our business.
If dispositions are not completed in a timely manner, there may be a negative effect on our cash flows and/or our ability to execute our strategy. In addition, we may not realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of our dispositions. See “Business,” “MD&A - Results of Discontinued Operations,” and Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the status of our divestitures.
Governmental laws and regulations could negatively affect our business.
Changes in laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject could have a significant negative impact on our business. In addition, we could face material costs and risks if it is determined that we have failed to comply with relevant law and regulation. We are subject to U.S. Customs and Export Regulations, including U.S. International Traffic and Arms Regulations and similar laws, which collectively control import, export and sale of technologies by companies and various other aspects of the operation of our business; the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws, which prohibit companies from making improper payments to government officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business; and the California Transparency in Supply Chain Act and similar laws and regulations, which relate to human trafficking and anti-slavery and impose new compliance requirements on our businesses and their suppliers. While our policies and procedures mandate compliance with such laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees and agents will always act in strict compliance. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result in civil and criminal enforcement, including monetary fines and possible injunctions against shipment of product or other of our activities, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in tax laws and regulations or other factors could cause our income tax obligations to increase, potentially reducing our net income and adversely affecting our cash flows.
We are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions around the world. In preparing our financial statements, we provide for income taxes based on current tax laws and regulations and the estimated taxable income within each of these jurisdictions. Our income tax obligations, however, may be higher due to numerous factors, including changes in tax laws or regulations and the outcome of audits and examinations of our tax returns.
Officials in some of the jurisdictions in which we do business have proposed, or announced that they are reviewing, tax changes that could potentially increase taxes, and other revenue-raising laws and regulations, including those that may be enacted as a result of the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project. Any such changes in tax laws or regulations could impose new restrictions, costs or prohibitions on existing practices as well as reduce our net income and adversely affect our cash flows.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted which significantly changes United States (“U.S.”) income tax law for businesses and individuals. The Act introduces changes that impact U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 21%), business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits. The Act also will have tax consequences for many entities that operate internationally, including the timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed foreign earnings. We have recorded provisional amounts in our 2017 consolidated financial statements to reflect the impact of the Act, as we have yet to complete our analysis of the impact (see Notes 1 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details). The results of our analysis, which we will complete in 2018, could have a material impact on our 2018 financial position and results of operations. In addition, certain aspects of the Act are unclear and, thus, we anticipate subsequent regulations and interpretations to be issued that will provide additional guidance around application of the Act. The additional guidance could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

11



There is a risk that we could be challenged by tax authorities on certain of the tax positions we have taken, or will take, on our tax returns. Although we believe that current tax laws and regulations support our positions, there can be no assurance that tax authorities will agree with our positions. In the event tax authorities were to challenge one or more of our tax positions, an unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

The loss of key personnel and an inability to attract and retain qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
We are dependent on the continued services of our leadership team. The loss of these personnel without adequate replacement could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Additionally, we need qualified managers and skilled employees with technical and manufacturing industry experience in many locations in order to operate our business successfully. From time to time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor, which may make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified employees. If we were unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals or our costs to do so were to increase significantly, our operations could be materially adversely affected.
Our indebtedness may affect our business and may restrict our operating flexibility.
At December 31, 2017, we had $356.8 in total indebtedness. On that same date, we had $314.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities, after giving effect to $35.7 reserved for outstanding letters of credit, and $33.3 of available borrowing capacity under our trade receivables financing arrangement. In addition, at December 31, 2017, we had $16.9 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facilities after giving effect to $183.1 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2017, our cash and equivalents balance was $124.3. See MD&A and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including indebtedness incurred to finance, or assumed in connection with, acquisitions. We may renegotiate or refinance our senior credit facilities or other debt facilities, or enter into additional agreements that have different or more stringent terms. The level of our indebtedness could:
Impact our ability to obtain new, or refinance existing, indebtedness, on favorable terms or at all;
Limit our ability to obtain, or obtain on favorable terms, additional debt financing for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;
Limit our flexibility in reacting to competitive and other changes in the industry and economic conditions;
Limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock in the future;
Coupled with a substantial decrease in net operating cash flows due to economic developments or adverse developments in our business, make it difficult to meet debt service requirements; and
Expose us to interest rate fluctuations to the extent existing borrowings are, and any new borrowings may be, at variable rates of interest, which could result in higher interest expense and interest payments in the event of increases in interest rates.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or pay interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness and to satisfy our other debt obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, which may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, we cannot assure you that future borrowings or equity financing will be available for the payment or refinancing of our indebtedness. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, whether in the ordinary course of business or upon an acceleration of such indebtedness, we may pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as restructuring or refinancing our indebtedness, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital expenditures, revising implementation of or delaying strategic plans or seeking additional equity capital. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. In addition, we cannot assure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements, or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt agreements.
Numerous banks in many countries are syndicate members in our credit facility. Failure of one or more of our larger lenders, or several of our smaller lenders, could significantly reduce availability of our credit, which could harm our liquidity.


12



We may not be able to finance future needs or adapt our business plan to react to changes in economic or business conditions because of restrictions placed on us by our senior credit facilities and any existing or future instruments governing our other indebtedness.
Our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness contain, or future or revised instruments may contain, various restrictions and covenants that limit our ability to make distributions or other payments to our investors and creditors unless certain financial tests or other criteria are satisfied. We also must comply with certain specified financial ratios and tests. Our subsidiaries may also be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us. In addition, our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness contain or may contain additional affirmative and negative covenants. Material existing restrictions are described more fully in the MD&A and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements. Each of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities, such as acquisitions.
If we do not comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness, we could default under those agreements, and the debt, together with accrued interest, could be declared due and payable. If we default under our senior credit facilities, the lenders could cause all our outstanding debt obligations under our senior credit facilities to become due and payable or require us to repay the indebtedness under these facilities. If our debt is accelerated, we may not be able to repay or refinance our debt. In addition, any default under our senior credit facilities or agreements governing our other indebtedness could lead to an acceleration of debt under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions. If the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts due under our senior credit facilities or other debt securities then outstanding. Our ability to comply with these provisions of our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness will be affected by changes in the economic or business conditions or other events beyond our control. Complying with our covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to us and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete, including against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.
Difficulties presented by economic, political, legal, accounting and business factors could negatively affect our business.
In 2017, approximately 87% of our revenues were generated inside the United States. Our reliance on U.S. revenues and U.S. manufacturing bases exposes us to a number of risks, including:
Government embargoes or foreign trade restrictions such as anti-dumping duties, as well as the imposition of trade sanctions by the United States against a class of products imported from or sold and exported to, or the loss of “normal trade relations” status with, countries in which we conduct business, could significantly increase our cost of products imported into or exported from the United States or reduce our sales and harm our business;
Customs and tariffs may make it difficult or impossible for us to move our products or assets across borders in a cost-effective manner;
Transportation and shipping expenses add cost to our products;
Complications related to shipping, including delays due to weather, labor action, or customs, may impact our profit margins or lead to lost business;
Environmental and other laws and regulations could increase our costs or limit our ability to run our business; and
Our ability to obtain supplies from foreign vendors and ship products internationally may be impaired during times of crisis or otherwise.

Any of the above factors or other factors affecting the movement of people and products into and from various countries to North America could have a significant negative effect on our operations. In addition, our concentration on U.S. business may make it difficult to enter new markets, making it more difficult for our businesses to grow.
Our non-U.S. revenues and operations expose us to numerous risks that may negatively impact our business.
To the extent we generate revenues outside of the United States, non-U.S. revenues and non-U.S. manufacturing bases exposes us to a number of risks, including:
Significant competition could come from local or long-term participants in non-U.S. markets who may have significantly greater market knowledge and substantially greater resources than we do;
Local customers may have a preference for locally-produced products;

13



Credit risk or financial condition of local customers and distributors could affect our ability to market our products or collect receivables;
Regulatory or political systems or barriers may make it difficult or impossible to enter or remain in new markets. In addition, these barriers may impact our existing businesses, including making it more difficult for them to grow;
Local political, economic and social conditions, including the possibility of hyperinflationary conditions, political instability, nationalization of private enterprises, or unexpected changes relating to currency could adversely impact our revenues and operations;
The United Kingdom’s decision to exit from the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) has contributed to, and may continue to contribute to, European economic, market and regulatory uncertainty and could adversely affect European or worldwide economic, market, regulatory, or political conditions;
Customs and tariffs may make it difficult or impossible for us to move our products or assets across borders in a cost-effective manner;
Transportation and shipping expenses add cost to our products;
Complications related to shipping, including delays due to weather, labor action, or customs, may impact our profit margins or lead to lost business;
Local, regional or worldwide hostilities could impact our operations; and
Distance and language and cultural differences may make it more difficult to manage our business and employees and to effectively market our products and services.

Any of the above factors or other factors affecting social and economic activity in the United Kingdom, China, and South Africa or affecting the movement of people and products into and from these countries to our major markets, could have a significant negative effect on our operations.
If the fair value of any of our reporting units is insufficient to recover the carrying value of the goodwill and other intangibles of the respective reporting unit, a material non-cash charge to earnings could result.
At December 31, 2017, we had goodwill and other intangible assets, net, of $463.5. We conduct annual impairment testing to determine if we will be able to recover all or a portion of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. In addition, we review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment more frequently if impairment indicators arise. If the fair value is insufficient to recover the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, we may be required to record a material non-cash charge to earnings.
The fair values of our reporting units generally are based on discounted cash flow projections that are believed to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable price multiples. Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost reduction initiatives, capacity utilization, and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. We monitor impairment indicators across all of our businesses. Significant changes in market conditions and estimates or judgments used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate a reduction in carrying value may give, and have given, rise to impairments in the period that the change becomes known.
Cost reduction actions may affect our business.
Cost reduction actions often result in charges against earnings. These charges can vary significantly from period to period and, as a result, we may experience fluctuations in our reported net income and earnings per share due to the timing of restructuring actions.
Our technology is important to our success, and failure to develop new products may result in a significant competitive disadvantage.
We believe the development of our intellectual property rights is critical to the success of our business. In order to maintain our market positions and margins, we need to continually develop and introduce high-quality, technologically advanced and cost-effective products on a timely basis, in many cases in multiple jurisdictions around the world. The failure to do so could result in a significant competitive disadvantage.


14



Our current and planned products may contain defects or errors that are detected only after delivery to customers. If that occurs, our reputation may be harmed and we may face additional costs.
We cannot assure you that our product development, manufacturing and integration testing will be adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could impact customer satisfaction or result in claims against us with regard to our products. As a result, we may have, and from time to time have had, to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects in products that are shipped. The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by our customers or our customers’ end users and other losses to us or to any of our customers or end users, and could also result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and loss of sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
Changes in key estimates and assumptions related to our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, such as discount rates, assumed long-term return on assets, assumed long-term trends of future cost, and accounting and legislative changes, as well as actual investment returns on our pension plan assets and other actuarial factors, could affect our results of operations and cash flows.
We have defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, including both qualified and non-qualified plans, which cover a portion of our salaried and hourly employees and retirees, including a portion of our employees and retirees in foreign countries. As of December 31, 2017, our net liability to these plans was $156.8. The determination of funding requirements and pension expense or income associated with these plans involves significant judgment, particularly with respect to discount rates, long-term trends of future costs and other actuarial assumptions. If our assumptions change significantly due to changes in economic, legislative and/or demographic experience or circumstances, our pension and other benefit plans’ expense, funded status and our required cash contributions to such plans could be negatively impacted. In addition, returns on plan assets could have a material impact on our pension plans’ expense, funded status and our required contributions to the plans. Changes in regulations or law could also significantly impact our obligations. For example, see “MD&A - Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates” for the impact that changes in certain assumptions used in the calculation of our costs and obligations associated with these plans could have on our results of operations and financial position.
We are subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force, which may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs.
At December 31, 2017, we had six domestic collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 1,000 of our approximately 5,000 employees. Two of these collective bargaining agreements expire in 2018 and are scheduled for negotiation and renewal. We also have various collective labor arrangements covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. We are subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other potential labor disputes. Further, we may be subject to work stoppages, which are beyond our control, at our suppliers or customers.
Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, and accordingly, we may not consummate a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable.
Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws may inhibit changes in control of our company not approved by our Board. These provisions include, for example: a staggered board of directors; a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent; a requirement that special stockholder meetings be called only by our Chairman, President or Board; advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; limitations on stockholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the By-laws; enhanced voting requirements for certain business combinations involving substantial stockholders; the authority of our Board to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with terms determined in its discretion; and limitations on stockholders’ ability to remove directors. In addition, we are afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could have similar effects. In general, Section 203 prohibits us from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” (each as defined in Section 203) for at least three years after the time the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. These protective provisions could result in our not consummating a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable or discourage entities from attempting to acquire us, potentially at a significant premium to our then-existing stock price.



15



Increases in the number of shares of our outstanding common stock could adversely affect our common stock price or dilute our earnings per share.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock into the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could have a material adverse effect on our stock price. As of December 31, 2017, we had the ability to issue up to an additional 1.682 shares as restricted stock shares, restricted stock units, performance stock units, or stock options under our 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended in 2006, 2011, 2012, 2015, and 2017, and our 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan. We also may issue a significant number of additional shares, in connection with acquisitions, through a registration statement, or otherwise. Additional shares issued would have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share.
Risks Related to our Spin-Off of SPX FLOW
The Spin-Off of SPX FLOW could result in substantial tax liability to us and our stockholders.
In connection with the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW we received opinions of tax counsel satisfactory to us as to the tax-free treatment of the Spin-Off and certain related transactions. However, if the factual assumptions or representations upon which the opinions are based are inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, we will not be able to rely on the opinions. Furthermore, the opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the courts. Accordingly, the IRS may challenge the conclusions set forth in the opinions and any such challenge could prevail. If, notwithstanding the opinions, the Spin-Off or a related transaction is determined to be taxable, we could be subject to a substantial tax liability. In addition, if the Spin-Off is determined to be taxable, each holder of our common stock who received shares of SPX FLOW would generally be treated as having received a taxable distribution of property in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received.
The Spin-Off may expose us to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend requirements.
The Spin-Off is subject to review under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. Fraudulent conveyance laws generally provide that an entity engages in a constructive fraudulent conveyance when (1) the entity transfers assets and does not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in return, and (2) the entity (a) is insolvent at the time of the transfer or is rendered insolvent by the transfer, (b) has unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business, or (c) intends to incur or believes it will incur debts beyond its ability to repay its debts as they mature. An unpaid creditor or an entity acting on behalf of a creditor (including, without limitation, a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy by us or SPX FLOW or any of our respective subsidiaries) may bring a lawsuit alleging that the Spin-Off or any of the related transactions constituted a constructive fraudulent conveyance. If a court accepts these allegations, it could impose a number of remedies, including, without limitation, voiding the distribution and returning SPX FLOW’s assets or SPX FLOW’s shares and subject us to liability.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law is applied. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if (1) the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities); (2) the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than its probable liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured; (3) it cannot pay its debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) as they mature; or (4) it has unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged. We cannot assure you what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency or that a court would determine that we, SPX FLOW or any of our respective subsidiaries were solvent at the time of or after giving effect to the Spin-Off.
The distribution of SPX FLOW common stock is also subject to review under state corporate distribution statutes. Under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), a corporation may only pay dividends to its stockholders either (1) out of its surplus (net assets) or (2) if there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
Although we believe that we and SPX FLOW were each solvent at the time of the Spin-Off (including immediately after the distribution of shares of SPX FLOW common stock), that we are able to repay our debts as they mature and have sufficient capital to carry on our businesses, and that the distribution was made entirely out of surplus in accordance with Section 170 of the DGCL, we cannot assure you that a court would reach the same conclusions in determining whether SPX FLOW or we were insolvent at the time of, or after giving effect to, the Spin-Off, or whether lawful funds were available for the separation and the distribution to our stockholders.

16



ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
ITEM 2. Properties
The following is a summary of our principal properties related to continuing operations as of December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
No. of
 
Approximate
Square Footage
 
Location
 
Facilities
 
Owned
 
Leased
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
HVAC reportable segment
7 U.S. states and 2 foreign countries
 
9

 
0.6
 
1.2
Detection and Measurement reportable segment
4 U.S. states and 1 foreign country
 
5

 
0.2
 
0.2
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
8 U.S. states and 1 foreign country
 
13

 
2.4
 
0.2
Total
 
 
27

 
3.2
 
1.6
In addition to manufacturing plants, we own various sales, service and other locations throughout the world. We consider these properties, as well as the related machinery and equipment, to be well maintained and suitable and adequate for their intended purposes.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these matters are either without merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect individually or in the aggregate on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, we cannot assure you that these proceedings or claims will not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
See “Risk Factors,” “MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Contingent Liabilities,” and Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of legal proceedings.
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

17



P A R T    I I
ITEM 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPXC.”
Set forth below are the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite transaction reporting system for each quarterly period during the years 2017 and 2016, together with dividend information. We discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and, thus, there were no dividends declared in 2016 or 2017.
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
Declared Per Share
2017:
 

 
 

 
 

4th Quarter
$
32.71

 
$
28.09

 
$

3rd Quarter
29.55

 
23.41

 

2nd Quarter
28.93

 
21.97

 

1st Quarter
28.13

 
22.56

 

 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
Declared Per Share
2016:
 

 
 

 
 

4th Quarter
$
25.95

 
$
15.49

 
$

3rd Quarter
20.55

 
14.05

 

2nd Quarter
17.33

 
14.00

 

1st Quarter
15.52

 
7.62

 

There were no repurchases of common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2017. The number of shareholders of record of our common stock as of February 16, 2018 was 3,135.

18



Company Performance
This graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for SPX, the S&P 500 Index, the S&P 1500 Industrials Index, and the S&P 600 Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2012 and the reinvestment of dividends.
https://cdn.kscope.io/96a80d28aca093df12532971e0adb85b-spx-2016123_chartx05556a02.jpg
 
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
SPX Corporation
$
100.00

$
143.71

$
125.87

$
54.80

$
139.32

$
184.37

S&P 500
100.00

132.39

150.51

152.59

170.84

208.14

S&P 1500 Industrials
100.00

141.19

153.15

149.00

179.40

217.19

S&P 600
100.00

139.65

145.85

140.95

175.83

196.46





19



ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
 
As of and for the year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Summary of Operations
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Revenues (1)
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

 
$
1,694.4

 
$
1,715.1

Operating income (loss) (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(13)
54.8

 
55.0

 
(122.2
)
 
(185.3
)
 
32.9

Other income (expense), net (6)(7)(8)
(2.0
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(10.0
)
 
490.0

 
38.4

Interest expense, net
(15.8
)
 
(14.0
)
 
(20.7
)
 
(20.1
)
 
(62.7
)
Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement/ early extinguishment of debt (8)
(0.9
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(32.5
)
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
36.1

 
39.4

 
(154.3
)
 
252.1

 
8.6

Income tax (provision) benefit (9)
47.9

 
(9.1
)
 
2.7

 
(137.5
)
 
13.2

Income (loss) from continuing operations
84.0

 
30.3

 
(151.6
)
 
114.6

 
21.8

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (10)
5.3

 
(97.9
)
 
34.6

 
269.3

 
190.5

Net income (loss)
89.3

 
(67.6
)
 
(117.0
)
 
383.9

 
212.3

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
(0.4
)
 
(34.3
)
 
(9.5
)
 
2.4

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
89.3

 
(67.2
)
 
(82.7
)
 
393.4

 
209.9

Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interests (11)

 
(18.1
)
 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interests
$
89.3

 
$
(85.3
)
 
$
(82.7
)
 
$
393.4

 
$
209.9

Basic income (loss) per share of common stock:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
1.98

 
$
0.30

 
$
(2.90
)
 
$
2.98

 
$
0.46

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
0.13

 
(2.35
)
 
0.87

 
6.30

 
4.16

Net income (loss) per share
$
2.11

 
$
(2.05
)
 
$
(2.03
)
 
$
9.28

 
$
4.62

Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
1.91

 
$
0.30

 
$
(2.90
)
 
$
2.94

 
$
0.46

Income (loss) from discontinued operations
0.12

 
(2.32
)
 
0.87

 
6.20

 
4.10

Net income (loss) per share
$
2.03

 
$
(2.02
)
 
$
(2.03
)
 
$
9.14

 
$
4.56

Dividends declared per share (12)
$

 
$

 
$
0.75

 
$
1.50

 
$
1.00

Other financial data:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total assets
$
2,040.4

 
$
1,912.5

 
$
2,179.3

 
$
5,894.3

 
$
6,851.7

Total debt
356.8

 
356.2

 
371.8

 
733.1

 
1,057.6

Other long-term obligations
915.4

 
921.1

 
851.6

 
861.8

 
930.8

SPX shareholders’ equity
314.7

 
191.6

 
345.4

 
1,808.7

 
2,153.3

Noncontrolling interests

 

 
(37.1
)
 
3.2

 
14.0

Capital expenditures
11.0

 
11.7

 
16.0

 
19.3

 
31.4

Depreciation and amortization
25.2

 
26.5

 
37.0

 
40.6

 
42.7

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
During 2017, 2015 and 2014 we made revisions to expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. These revisions resulted in a reduction of revenue and operating income of $36.9 and $52.8, respectively, in 2017, $57.2 and $95.0, respectively, in 2015, and a reduction of revenue and operating profit of $25.0 in 2014. See Notes 5 and 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.
(2) 
During 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer for cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration. In connection with the settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2 within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment
(3) 
During 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recognized income (expense) related to changes in the fair value of plan assets, actuarial gains (losses), settlement gains (losses) and curtailment gains (losses) of $(1.6), $(12.0), $(15.9), $(95.0), and $3.5, respectively, associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

20



(4) 
During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets of our SPX Heat Transfer (“Heat Transfer”) business.
During 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.9 related to the trademarks of our Heat Transfer business. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.0 related to our former dry cooling business’s investment in a joint venture with Shanghai Electric Group Co., Ltd.
See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of impairment charges associated with intangible assets.
(5) 
During 2016, we sold our dry cooling business, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $18.4.
(6) 
On January 7, 2014, we completed the sale of our 44.5% interest in EGS to Emerson Electric Co. for cash proceeds of $574.1, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $491.2. Accordingly, we recognized no equity earnings from this joint venture after 2013. Our equity earnings from this investment totaled $41.9 in 2013.
(7) 
During 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recognized gains (losses) of $(3.3), $(2.4), $(8.6), $(2.6), and $1.6, respectively, associated with foreign currency transactions, foreign currency forward contracts, and currency forward embedded derivatives.
During 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded charges of $3.5, $4.2, $8.0, $3.1, and $0.0 respectively, associated with asbestos product liability matters.
(8) 
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement. In connection with the amendment, we recorded a charge of $0.9 during 2017 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement,” which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to our senior credit facilities. In addition, we discontinued hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements that were entered into to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing variable rate term loan, which resulted in a gain during 2017 of $2.7 that was recorded to “Other expense, net.”
During the third quarter of 2016, we elected to reduce our foreign credit instrument facilities. In connection with the reduction, we recorded a charge of $1.3 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” during 2016 associated with the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to this previously available issuance capacity.
During the third quarter of 2015, we refinanced our senior credit facility in preparation of the Spin-Off. As a result of the refinancing, we recorded a charge of $1.4 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” during 2015, which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to our prior credit agreement.
During the first quarter of 2014, we completed the redemption of all of our 7.625% senior notes due in December 2014 for a total redemption price of $530.6. As a result of the redemption, we recorded a charge of $32.5 associated with the loss on early extinguishment of debt, which related to premiums paid to redeem the senior notes of $30.6, the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs of $1.0, and other costs associated with the extinguishment of the senior notes of $0.9.
(9) 
During 2017, our income tax benefit was impacted most significantly by (i) a tax benefit of $77.6 related to a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and (ii) $4.9 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, partially offset by (iii) $11.8 of provisional tax charges associated with the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and (iv) $68.2 of foreign losses generated during the year for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of a foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely.
During 2016, our income tax provision was impacted by $0.3 of income taxes that were provided in connection with the $18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, and $13.7 of foreign losses generated during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of such tax benefit is considered unlikely.
During 2015, our income tax provision was impacted by (i) the effects of approximately $139.0 of foreign losses generated during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of any such tax benefit is considered unlikely, (ii) $3.7 of foreign taxes incurred during the year related to the Spin-Off and the reorganization actions undertaken to facilitate the Spin-Off, and (iii) $3.4 of taxes related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

21



During 2014, our income tax provision was impacted by the U.S. income taxes provided in connection with the $491.2 gain on the sale of our interest in EGS, income tax charges of $33.8 related to net increases in valuation allowances recorded against certain foreign deferred income tax assets, and $11.4 of income tax charges related to the repatriation of certain earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, our income tax provision was impacted unfavorably by a low effective tax rate on foreign losses. The impact of these items was partially offset by the following income tax benefits: (i) $16.2 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, with the most notable being the closure of our U.S. tax examination for the years 2008 through 2011, and (ii) $6.4 of tax benefits related to a loss on an investment in a foreign subsidiary.
During 2013, our income tax benefit was favorably impacted by the following benefits: (i) $9.5 related to net reductions in valuation allowances recorded against certain foreign deferred income tax assets, (ii) $4.1 related to various audit settlements and statute expirations, and (iii) $4.1 associated with the Research and Experimentation Credit generated in 2012.
(10) 
During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of an additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities retained in connection with the sale and certain other adjustments.
During 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr, resulting in a net loss of $78.6.
During 2015, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW. The operating results of SPX FLOW are presented within discontinued operations for all periods presented.
During 2014, we sold our TPS, Precision Components, and Fenn businesses, resulting in an aggregate gain of $14.4.
See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our discontinued operations.
(11) 
In connection with our noncontrolling interest in our South African subsidiary, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” for the excess redemption amount of the put option in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the put option and this adjustment.
(12) 
In connection with the Spin-Off, we discontinued dividend payments immediately following the dividend payment for the second quarter of 2015.
(13) 
During 2015, 2014, and 2013 there was a significant amount of general and administrative costs associated with corporate employees and other corporate support that transferred to SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off and did not meet the requirements to be presented within discontinued operations.

22



ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
(All currency and share amounts are in millions)
The following should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided in Item 7 pertain to continuing operations only.
Executive Overview
Revenue for 2017 totaled $1,425.8, compared to $1,472.3 in 2016 (and $1,559.0 in 2015). The decrease in revenue in 2017, compared to 2016, was due to a revenue decline within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment associated primarily with a decrease in organic revenue and an aggregate reduction in revenue during 2017 of $36.9 resulting from revisions during the second and fourth quarters to the expected revenues and costs of our large power projects in South Africa. These declines were partially offset by increased revenues within our Detection and Measurement reportable segment and, to a lesser extent, our HVAC reportable segment. Revenues in 2015 included $87.3 of revenue related to the dry cooling business, which was sold at the end of the first quarter of 2016, and a reduction in revenue of $57.2 resulting from a revision to the expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details on the 2017 and 2015 revenue reductions related to our large power projects in South Africa.
Income for our reportable segments totaled $124.9 in 2017, compared to $142.8 in 2016 (and $38.8 in 2015). During 2017, income for our reportable segments was negatively impacted by an aggregate reduction in profit of $52.8 resulting from revisions during the second and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by the impact of the revenue growth within our Detection and Measurement and HVAC reportable segments noted above and cost reductions within our Detection and Measurement and Engineered Solutions reportable segments. In 2015, income for our reportable segments was impacted by a reduction in profit of $95.0 resulting from a revision to the expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details on the 2017 and 2015 profit reductions related to our large power projects in South Africa.
Operating cash flows from (used in) continuing operations totaled $54.2 in 2017, compared to $53.4 in 2016 [and $(76.0) in 2015]. Operating cash flows from (used in) continuing operations for 2017, 2016, and 2015 were negatively impacted by cash outflows for our large power projects in South Africa of $56.5, $33.1, and $74.0, respectively, and income tax payments, net of refunds, of $22.9, $4.8, and $51.0, respectively. In addition, operating cash flows used in continuing operations in 2015 included a significant amount of disbursements for general corporate overhead costs related to a corporate structure that supported the SPX business prior to the Spin-Off.
Other significant items impacting the financial results for 2017, 2016, and 2015 are as follows:
2017:
Income Tax Matters (see Notes 1 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details)
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $77.6 for a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary.
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted which significantly changes U.S. income tax law for businesses and individuals. As a result of the Act, we recorded provisional net income tax charges of $11.8 during the fourth quarter of 2017.
Gain from a Contract Settlement - During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer. In connection with the settlement, we:
Received cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration; and
Recorded a gain of $10.2 within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment.
Amendment of Senior Credit Agreement - On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details). In connection with the amendment, we recorded:
A charge of $0.9 associated with the write-off of a portion of the deferred financing costs associated with the senior credit agreement; and
A gain of $2.7 related to the discontinuance of hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements that were entered into to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing term loan.

23



Actuarial Gains and Losses on Pension and Postretirement Plans (see Notes 1 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details) - We recorded:
An actuarial gain during the third quarter of 2017 of $2.6 related to an amendment to our postretirement plans; and
Net actuarial losses of $4.2 in the fourth quarter of 2017 in connection with the annual remeasurement of our pension and postretirement plans.
2016:
Sale of Dry Cooling Business - On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of the dry cooling business (see Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details). In connection with the sale, we:
Received cash proceeds of $47.6; and
Recorded a gain of $18.4, which includes a reclassification from “Accumulated other comprehensive income” of $40.4 related to foreign currency translation.
Sale of Balcke Dürr - On December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr (see Notes 1, 4, and 15 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details).
The results of Balcke Dürr are presented as a discontinued operation.
In connection with the sale, we:
Received cash proceeds of less than $0.1;
Left $21.1 of cash in the business at the time of the sale and provided the buyer a non-interest bearing loan of $9.1, payable in installments at the end of 2018 and 2019; and
Recorded a net loss of $78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” within our consolidated statement of operations for 2016.
Intangible Asset Impairment Charges - We recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets of our Heat Transfer business, which included $23.9 for definite-lived intangible assets and $6.2 for indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details).
Actuarial Losses on Pension and Postretirement Plans (see Notes 1 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details) - During the year, we recorded net actuarial losses of $12.0.
2015:
Spin-Off of SPX FLOW - On September 26, 2015, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW (see Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details).
The results of SPX FLOW are presented as a discontinued operation.
Our 2015 results from continuing operations include a significant amount of general and administrative costs associated with corporate employees and other corporate support that transferred to SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off.
Actuarial Losses on Pension and Postretirement Plans (see Notes 1 and 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details) - During the year, we recorded net actuarial losses of $21.0 and a curtailment gain of $5.1.
Results of Continuing Operations
Cyclicality of End Markets, Seasonality and Competition—The financial results of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries in which they operate and end markets in which they serve. In addition, certain of our businesses have seasonal fluctuations. For example, our heating and ventilation businesses tend to be stronger in the third and fourth quarters, as customer buying habits are driven largely by seasonal weather patterns. In aggregate, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.
Although our businesses operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by segment since none of our competitors offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets as we do. In addition, specific reliable comparative figures are not available for many of our competitors. In most product groups, competition comes from numerous concerns, both large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product performance, technical innovation and price. These methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors.
Non-GAAP Measures — Organic revenue growth (decline) presented herein is defined as revenue growth (decline) excluding the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, acquisitions/divestitures, and the impact of the revenue reduction that resulted from the second and fourth quarter 2017 and third quarter 2015 revisions to the expected revenues and profits on our large power projects in South Africa of $13.5, $23.4 and $57.2, respectively. We believe this metric is a useful financial measure for investors in evaluating our operating performance for the periods presented, as, when read in conjunction with our revenues, it presents a useful tool to evaluate our ongoing operations and provides investors with a tool they can use to evaluate our management of assets held from period to period. In addition, organic revenue

24



growth (decline) is one of the factors we use in internal evaluations of the overall performance of our business. This metric, however, is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), should not be considered a substitute for net revenue growth (decline) as determined in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
The following table provides selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, including the reconciliation of organic revenue decline to net revenue decline:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017 vs
 
2016 vs
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2016%
 
2015%
Revenues
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

 
(3.2
)%
 
(5.6
)%
Gross profit
330.2

 
375.8

 
275.9

 
(12.1
)
 
36.2

% of revenues
23.2
%
 
25.5
%
 
17.7
%
 
 

 
 

Selling, general and administrative expense
282.3

 
301.0

 
387.8

 
(6.2
)
 
(22.4
)
% of revenues
19.8
%
 
20.4
%
 
24.9
%
 
 

 
 

Intangible amortization
0.6

 
2.8

 
5.2

 
(78.6
)
 
(46.2
)
Impairment of intangible assets

 
30.1

 

 
*

 
*

Special charges, net
2.7

 
5.3

 
5.1

 
(49.1
)
 
3.9

Gain on contract settlement
10.2

 

 

 
*

 
*

Gain on sale of dry cooling business

 
18.4

 

 
*

 
*

Other expense, net
(2.0
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(10.0
)
 
*

 
*

Interest expense, net
(15.8
)
 
(14.0
)
 
(20.7
)
 
12.9

 
(32.4
)
Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement
(0.9
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(30.8
)
 
(7.1
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
36.1

 
39.4

 
(154.3
)
 
*

 
*

Income tax (provision) benefit
47.9

 
(9.1
)
 
2.7

 
*

 
*

Income (loss) from continuing operations
84.0

 
30.3

 
(151.6
)
 
*

 
*

Components of consolidated revenue decline:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Organic
 

 
 

 
 

 
(0.8
)
 
(3.3
)
Foreign currency
 

 
 

 
 

 
0.6

 
(1.9
)
Sale of dry cooling business
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.5
)
 
(4.1
)
South Africa revenue revision
 

 
 

 
 

 
(2.5
)
 
3.7

Net revenue decline
 

 
 

 
 

 
(3.2
)
 
(5.6
)
___________________________________________________________________
*
Not meaningful for comparison purposes.
Revenues — For 2017, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2016, was due, in part, to a decline in organic revenue within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment, partially offset by increases in organic revenue within our Detection and Measurement reportable segment and, to a lesser extent, our HVAC reportable segment. In addition, revenues were negatively impacted by (i) an aggregate reduction in revenue of $36.9 resulting from revisions during the second and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa and (ii) the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016. These declines in revenue were partially offset by the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar during 2017. See “Results of Reportable Segments” for additional details.
For 2016, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2015, was due to the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016, a decline in organic revenue, and, to a lesser extent, a stronger U.S. dollar in 2016. These decreases were offset partially by the impact of a reduction in revenues of $57.2 during the third quarter of 2015 resulting from a revision to the expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. The decline in organic revenue was due primarily to lower sales of process cooling products within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment. See “Results of Reportable Segments” for additional details.
Gross Profit — For 2017, the decrease in gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenues, compared to 2016, was due primarily to an aggregate reduction in gross profit of $52.8 resulting from revisions during the second

25



and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs of our large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by the impact of the organic revenue growth in our Detection and Measurement reportable segment noted above.
The increase in gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenue in 2016, compared to 2015, was due primarily to a reduction in gross profit of $95.0 during the third quarter of 2015 associated with a revision to the expected revenues and costs of our large power projects in South Africa. In addition, during 2016, gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenues were impacted favorably by cost reductions and improved operating efficiency at the businesses within our HVAC reportable segment and our power transformer business.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expense — For 2017, the decrease in SG&A expense, compared to 2016, was due primarily to (i) a decline in actuarial losses for our pension and postretirement plans (net losses of $1.6 in 2017, compared to net losses of $12.0 in 2016 - see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for further details), (ii) the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016, and (iii) cost reductions within our Detection and Measurement and Engineered Solutions reportable segments over the past year.
For 2016, the decrease in SG&A expense, compared to 2015, was due primarily to declines in corporate expense of $61.7, pension and postretirement expense of $3.2, and long-term incentive compensation expense of $20.2. See “Results of Reportable Segments” for additional details on corporate expense, pension and postretirement expense, and long-term incentive compensation expense.
Intangible Amortization — For 2017, the decline in intangible amortization, compared to 2016, was primarily due to the impact of the $23.9 impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016 associated with our Heat Transfer business’s definite-lived intangible assets.
For 2016, the decline in intangible amortization, compared to 2015, was primarily the result of (i) discontinuing amortization on the long-term assets of our dry cooling business in connection with classifying the business’s assets and liabilities as “held for sale,” effective December 31, 2015, and (ii) the impact of the $23.9 impairment charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016 associated with our Heat Transfer business’s definite-lived intangible assets. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details on the impairment charge recorded for the definite-lived intangible assets of our Heat Transfer business.
Impairment of Intangible Assets — During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets of our Heat Transfer business, which included $23.9 for definite-lived intangible assets and $6.2 for indefinite-lived intangible assets.
See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of impairment charges.
Special Charges, Net — Special charges, net, related primarily to restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing, distribution, sales and administrative facilities, reduce workforce, and rationalize certain product lines. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for the details of actions taken in 2017, 2016 and 2015. The components of special charges, net, are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Employee termination costs
$
2.5

 
$
1.7

 
$
4.5

Facility consolidation costs

 

 
0.2

Other cash costs, net
0.2

 

 
0.1

Non-cash asset write-downs

 
3.6

 
0.3

Total
$
2.7

 
$
5.3

 
$
5.1

Gain on Contract Settlement — During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer for cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration. In connection with the settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2 during the quarter.
Gain on Sale of Dry Cooling Business On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business resulting in a gain of $18.4. See Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Other Expense, Net — Other expense, net, for 2017  was composed primarily of charges of $3.5 associated with asbestos product liability matters, foreign currency transaction losses of $2.9, and losses on currency forward embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”) of $0.6, partially offset by a gain of $2.7 associated with the

26



discontinuance of hedge accounting on our interest rate swap agreements, income from company-owned life insurance policies of $1.7, and equity earnings in joint ventures of $0.7.
Other expense, net, for 2016 was composed primarily of charges of $4.2 associated with asbestos product liability matters, losses on foreign currency forward contracts (“FX forward contracts”) of $5.1, and losses on FX embedded derivatives of $1.2. These amounts were offset partially by foreign currency transaction gains of $3.9, income from company-owned life insurance policies of $2.8, equity earnings in joint ventures of $1.5, income associated with transition services provided in connection with the sale of the dry cooling business of $0.9, and gains on asset sales of $0.9.
Other expense, net, for 2015 was composed primarily of charges of $8.0 associated with asbestos product liability matters, foreign currency transaction losses of $7.4, and losses on FX forward contracts of $7.7, partially offset by gains of $6.5 on FX embedded derivatives, income from company-owned life insurance policies of $3.8, and equity earnings in joint ventures of $1.5.
Interest Expense, Net — Interest expense, net, includes both interest expense and interest income. The increase in interest expense, net, during 2017, compared to 2016, was primarily a result of a higher weighted-average interest rate and higher average debt balances during 2017, compared to 2016.
The decrease in interest expense, net, during 2016, compared to 2015, was primarily the result of a decline in interest expense due to lower average debt balances during 2016.
Loss on Amendment/Refinancing of Senior Credit Agreement — During the fourth quarter of 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement. In connection with the amendment, we recorded a charge of $0.9 during 2017, which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to our senior credit facilities.
In the third quarter of 2016, we reduced the issuance capacity under our foreign credit facilities by $200.0. In connection with such reduction, we recorded a charge of $1.3 associated with the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the $200.0 of previously available issuance capacity.
In the third quarter of 2015, we refinanced our senior credit facilities in connection with the Spin-Off. As a result of the refinancing, we recorded a charge of $1.4 during 2015, which consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related to our prior senior credit facilities.
Income Taxes — During 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $47.9 on $36.1 of pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of (132.7)%. The most significant items impacting the income tax benefit for 2017 were a tax benefit of $77.6 related to a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and $4.9 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, partially offset by $11.8 of net tax charges associated with the impact of the new tax regulations in the U.S. previously discussed and foreign losses generated during the year of $68.2 for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of a foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely.
During 2016, we recorded an income tax provision of $9.1 on $39.4 of a pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 23.1%. The most significant items impacting the effective tax rate for 2016 were the $0.3 of income taxes provided in connection with the $18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, $13.7 of foreign losses generated during the period for which no tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely, and $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.
During 2015, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.7 on $154.3 of a pre-tax loss from continuing operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 1.7%. The most significant item impacting the effective tax rate for 2015 was the effects of approximately $139.0 of foreign losses generated during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of such foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely. In addition, we incurred foreign tax charges of $3.7 related to the Spin-Off and the reorganization actions undertaken to facilitate the Spin-Off and $3.4 of net charges related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

27



Results of Discontinued Operations
Sale of Balcke Dürr Business
As indicated in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr on December 30, 2016 for cash proceeds of less than $0.1. In addition, we left $21.1 of cash in Balcke Dürr at the time of the sale and provided the buyer with a non-interest bearing loan of $9.1, payable in installments due at the end of 2018 and 2019. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net loss of $78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” within our consolidated statement of operations for 2016.
The results of Balcke Dürr are presented as a discontinued operation. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax loss and after-tax loss of Balcke Dürr for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are shown below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
$
153.4

 
$
160.3

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
Costs of products sold
144.2

 
143.8

Selling, general and administrative
31.4

 
37.9

Impairment of goodwill

 
13.7

Special charges (credits), net
(1.3
)
 
12.7

Other expense, net
(0.2
)
 
(0.9
)
Loss before taxes
(21.1
)
 
(48.7
)
Income tax benefit
4.5

 
9.1

Loss from discontinued operations
$
(16.6
)
 
$
(39.6
)
The following table presents selected financial information for Balcke Dürr that is included within discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Non-cash items included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
2.0


$
2.2

Impairment of goodwill


13.7

Capital expenditures
0.7


1.9

During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of an additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities retained in connection with the sale and certain other adjustments.

Spin-Off of SPX FLOW
As indicated in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW on September 26, 2015. The results of SPX FLOW are reflected as a discontinued operation within our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax income and after-tax income of SPX FLOW for the year ended December 31, 2015 (1) are shown below:

28



Revenues
$
1,775.1

Costs and expenses:


Costs of products sold
1,179.3

Selling, general and administrative (2)
368.2

Intangible amortization
17.7

Impairment of intangible assets
15.0

Special charges
41.2

Other income, net
1.3

Interest expense, net
(32.6
)
Income before taxes
122.4

Income tax provision
(43.0
)
Income from discontinued operations
79.4

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
(0.9
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders
$
80.3

(1) 
Represents financial results for SPX FLOW through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015), except for a revision to increase the income tax provision by $1.4 that was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2015.
(2) 
Includes $30.8 of professional fees and other costs that were incurred in connection with the Spin-Off.
The following table presents selected financial information for SPX FLOW that is included within discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015(1):
Non-cash items included in income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
44.3

Impairment of intangible assets
15.0

Capital expenditures
43.1

(1) Represents amounts for SPX FLOW through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015).
Other Discontinued Operations Activity
In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net losses of $1.5, $2.7 and $5.2 during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on dispositions of businesses discontinued prior to 2015.
Changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may occur. As a result, it is possible that the resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted in subsequent periods.

29



For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued operations were as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015 (1)
Balcke Dürr
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations
$
(2.6
)
 
$
(107.0
)
 
$
(48.7
)
Income tax benefit
9.4

 
11.8

 
9.1

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
6.8

 
(95.2
)
 
(39.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPX FLOW
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations

 

 
122.4

Income tax provision

 

 
(43.0
)
Income from discontinued operations, net

 

 
79.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
All other
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations
(4.0
)
 
(3.7
)
 
(8.6
)
Income tax benefit
2.5

 
1.0

 
3.4

Loss from discontinued operations, net
(1.5
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(5.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(6.6
)
 
(110.7
)
 
65.1

Income tax (provision) benefit
11.9

 
12.8

 
(30.5
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
$
5.3

 
$
(97.9
)
 
$
34.6

(1) 
For SPX FLOW, represents financial results through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015), except for a revision to increase the income tax provision by $1.4 that was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2015.
Other Dispositions
Sale of Dry Cooling Business
As indicated in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, on November 20, 2015, we entered into an agreement for the sale of our dry cooling business. On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business for cash proceeds for $47.6 (net of cash transferred with the business of $3.0). In connection with the sale, we recorded a gain of $18.4.
Results of Reportable Segments
The following information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. These results exclude the operating results of discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of each of our reportable segments.
Non-GAAP Measures — Throughout the following discussion of reportable segments, we use “organic revenue” growth (decline) to facilitate explanation of the operating performance of our segments. Organic revenue growth (decline) is a non-GAAP financial measure, and is not a substitute for net revenue growth (decline). Refer to the explanation of this measure and purpose of use by management under “Results of Continuing Operations — Non-GAAP Measures.”

30



HVAC Reportable Segment
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017 vs.
2016%
 
2016 vs.
2015%
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Revenues
$
511.0

 
$
509.5

 
$
529.1

 
0.3

 
(3.7
)
Income
74.1

 
80.2

 
80.2

 
(7.6
)
 

% of revenues
14.5
%
 
15.7
%
 
15.2
%
 
 

 
 

Components of revenue increase (decline):
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Organic
 

 
 

 
 

 
0.3

 
(2.4
)
Foreign currency
 

 
 

 
 

 

 
(1.3
)
Net revenue increase (decline)
 

 
 

 
 

 
0.3

 
(3.7
)
Revenues — For 2017, the increase in revenues, compared to 2016, was due to the increase in organic revenue. The increase in organic revenue was due primarily to an increase in sales of cooling products and heating and ventilation products, partially offset by a decline in sales of boiler products.
For 2016, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2015, was due to a decline in organic revenue and, to a lesser extent, the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar during 2016. The organic revenue decline primarily was the result of lower sales of heating and ventilation products.
Income — For 2017, income and margin decreased, compared to 2016, primarily as a result of a less profitable sales mix associated with the segment’s cooling and boiler products as well as lower absorption of fixed costs within the boiler products business due to the lower sales volumes noted above.
For 2016, margin increased, compared to 2015, primarily as a result of improved operating efficiency and a more profitable sales mix within the segment’s heating and ventilation products businesses.
Backlog — The segment had backlog of $41.4 and $28.3 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 99% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018.
Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017 vs.
2016%
 
2016 vs.
2015%
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Revenues
$
260.3

 
$
226.4

 
$
232.3

 
15.0

 
(2.5
)
Income
63.4

 
45.3

 
46.0

 
40.0

 
(1.5
)
% of revenues
24.4
%
 
20.0
%
 
19.8
%
 
 

 
 

Components of revenue increase (decline):
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Organic
 

 
 

 
 

 
15.5

 
(0.3
)
Foreign currency
 

 
 

 
 

 
(0.5
)
 
(2.2
)
Net revenue increase (decline)
 

 
 

 
 

 
15.0

 
(2.5
)
Revenues — For 2017, the increase in revenues, compared to 2016, was due to an increase in organic revenue. The increase in organic revenue was the result of an increase in sales for all of the primary product lines within the segment.
For 2016, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2015, was due to a stronger U.S. dollar in 2016 and, to a lesser extent, a decline in organic revenue. The decline in organic revenue was due primarily to a decrease in sales of communication technologies products, generally offset by increases in sales of bus fare collection systems and specialty lighting products.
Income — For 2017, the increase in income and margin, compared to 2016, was due primarily to the revenue increase noted above and lower SG&A expense resulting from cost reductions within our bus fare collection systems’ and communication technologies’ businesses.
For 2016, the decrease in income, compared to 2015, was primarily due to the revenue decline noted above.

31



Backlog — The segment had backlog of $54.0 and $53.6 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 65% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018.
Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017 vs.
2016%
 
2016 vs.
2015%
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Revenues
$
654.5

 
$
736.4

 
$
797.6

 
(11.1
)
 
(7.7
)
Income (loss)
(12.6
)
 
17.3

 
(87.4
)
 
*

 
*

% of revenues
(1.9
)%
 
2.3
%
 
(11.0
)%
 
 

 
 

Components of revenue decline:
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Organic
 

 
 

 
 

 
(6.7
)
 
(4.5
)
Foreign currency
 

 
 

 
 

 
1.5

 
(2.3
)
Sale of dry cooling business
 
 
 
 
 
 
(0.9
)
 
(8.1
)
South Africa revenue revision
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5.0
)
 
7.2

Net revenue decline
 

 
 

 
 

 
(11.1
)
 
(7.7
)
___________________________________________________________________
*
Not meaningful for comparison purposes.
Revenues — For 2017, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2016, was due primarily to a decline in organic revenue, partially offset by the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar versus the South African Rand during 2017. The decline in organic revenue was the result of lower sales related to the segment’s large power projects in South Africa, as these projects generally are in the latter stages of completion, as well as lower sales of power transformers and process cooling products. The decrease in power transformer sales was due primarily to the timing of shipments. In addition, our process cooling business has been impacted by a shift in its sales model, whereby it is now focused more on high-margin components and services and less on lower-margin large projects. In addition, the decrease in revenues compared to the same period in 2016, resulted from an aggregate reduction in revenue of $36.9 related to revisions during the second and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs on the segment’s large power projects in South Africa and the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016.
For 2016, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2015, was due primarily to the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016, a decline in organic revenue, and, to a lesser extent, the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar in 2016, partially offset by the impact of a reduction in revenues of $57.2 during the third quarter of 2015 resulting from a revision to the expected revenues and costs on the segment’s large power projects in South Africa. The decline in organic revenues was due primarily to lower sales of process cooling products.
Income — For 2017, the decrease in profit and margin, compared to 2016, was due primarily to an aggregate reduction in profit of $52.8 associated with revisions during the second and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs of the segment’s large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by a $10.2 gain recorded during the third quarter of 2017 resulting from the settlement of a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer. In addition, income and margin in 2017, compared to 2016, were favorably impacted by cost reductions at the segment’s Heat Transfer business resulting from restructuring actions that were implemented in 2016 and the sale of the dry cooling business, which generated losses in 2016 prior to its sale.
For 2016, the increase in profit and margin, compared to 2015, was due primarily to the fact that the segment’s results for 2015 included a reduction in profit of $95.0 during the third quarter of 2015 resulting from a revision to the expected revenues and costs on the segment’s large power projects in South Africa. During 2016, income and margin for the segment’s power transformer business increased as a result of improved operating efficiency. However, these increases were offset partially by lower profitability from process cooling products resulting primarily from the decline in revenue noted above.
Backlog — The segment had backlog of $434.0 and $416.7 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Approximately 83% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2018.

32



Corporate Expense and Other Expense
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2017 vs.
2016%
 
2016 vs.
2015%
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
Total consolidated revenues
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

 
(3.2
)
 
(5.6
)
Corporate expense
46.2

 
41.7

 
103.4

 
10.8

 
(59.7
)
% of revenues
3.2
%
 
2.8
%
 
6.6
%
 
 

 
 

Pension and postretirement expense
5.4

 
15.4

 
18.6

 
(64.9
)
 
(17.2
)
Long-term incentive compensation expense
15.8

 
13.7

 
33.9

 
15.3

 
(59.6
)
Corporate Expense — Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters. Prior to the Spin-Off, corporate expense also included costs of our Asia Pacific center in Shanghai, China, which was part of the Spin-Off, costs that were previously allocated to the Flow Business that do not meet the requirements to be presented within discontinued operations, and the cost of corporate employees who became employees of SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off. The increase in corporate expense in 2017, compared to 2016, was due primarily to higher incentive compensation expense, as well as higher professional fees. The decrease in corporate expense in 2016, compared to 2015, was due primarily to the elimination of costs in connection with the Spin-Off, including the cost of corporate employees who became employees of SPX FLOW.
Pension and Postretirement Expense — Pension and postretirement expense represents our consolidated expense, which we do not allocate for segment reporting purposes. The decrease in pension and postretirement expense in 2017, compared to 2016, was due primarily to a decline in actuarial losses, as net actuarial losses totaled $1.6 in 2017 and $12.0 in 2016. Actuarial losses in 2017 included net charges of $4.2 related to our fourth quarter remeasurement of our plans’ assets and liabilities, partially offset by an actuarial gain of $2.6 recorded in the third quarter of 2017 associated with the remeasurement of the unfunded liability related to certain postretirement benefits. The fourth quarter 2017 net charges resulted primarily from lower discount rates applied to our plans’ projected benefit obligations, partially offset by better than expected returns on our plans’ assets.
The decrease in pension and postretirement expense in 2016, compared to 2015, was due to a decline in actuarial losses, as actuarial losses in 2016 totaled $12.0 compared to $15.9 in 2015. Actuarial losses for 2016 and 2015 resulted primarily from our fourth quarter remeasurement of our plan’s assets and liabilities, with the resulting charges for the fourth quarter of 2016 and 2015 totaling $10.2 and $9.6, respectively. The fourth quarter 2016 charges resulted primarily from lower discount rates applied to our plans’ projected benefit obligations, while the fourth quarter 2015 charges resulted primarily from lower than expected returns on plan assets. Actuarial losses for 2016 also included charges of $1.8 associated with the second quarter 2016 remeasurement of the assets and liabilities of the SPX U.S. Pension Plan (the “U.S. Plan”) and Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan (“SIARP”) in connection with lump-sum payments that were made by these plans during the quarter. Actuarial losses for 2015 also included charges of $11.4 associated with the third quarter 2015 remeasurement of the assets and liabilities of the U.S. Plan and SIARP in connection with an amendment to these plans to freeze all benefits of active non-union participants. This amendment also resulted in a curtailment gain of $5.1 during the third quarter of 2015.
See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on our pension and postretirement plans.
Long-term Incentive Compensation Expense —  The increase in long-term incentive compensation expense during 2017, compared to the respective period in 2016, was due primarily to additional charges of $1.6 in 2017 associated with certain of our long-term cash-awards, as we now expect to exceed the three-year segment income performance target required of these awards. The decrease in long-term incentive compensation expense in 2016, compared to 2015, was due primarily to the fact that the 2015 amount included $21.6 of costs related to corporate employees who became employees of SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off or retired in connection with the Spin-Off.
See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on our long-term incentive compensation plans.

33



Liquidity and Financial Condition
Listed below are the cash flows from (used in) operating, investing and financing activities, and discontinued operations, as well as the net change in cash and equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Continuing operations:
 

 
 

 
 

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
$
54.2

 
$
53.4

 
$
(76.0
)
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities
(11.3
)
 
36.4

 
(14.0
)
Cash flows used in financing activities
(6.2
)
 
(20.5
)
 
(173.7
)
Cash flows used in discontinued operations
(6.6
)
 
(77.8
)
 
(4.6
)
Change in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates
(5.4
)
 
6.7

 
(57.9
)
Net change in cash and equivalents
$
24.7

 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(326.2
)
2017 Compared to 2016
Operating Activities — The increase in cash flows from operating activities, compared to 2016, was due primarily to improved operating cash flows across our businesses related to improved profitability and reductions in working capital, partially offset by a year-over-year increase in net income tax payments ($22.9 in 2017, compared to $4.8 in 2016) and an increase in cash outflows associated with our large power projects in South Africa ($56.5 in 2017, compared to $33.1 in 2016).
Investing Activities — Cash flows used in investing activities for 2017 were comprised of capital expenditures of $11.0 and an increase in restricted cash of $0.3. Cash flows from investing activities for 2016 related to proceeds from asset sales of $48.1 (including proceeds from the sale of the dry cooling business of $47.6), partially offset by capital expenditures of $11.7.
Financing Activities — During 2017, net cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to financing fees of $3.6 paid in connection with the December 2017 amendment of our senior credit agreement and net repayments under our various debt instruments of $1.3. During 2016, net cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to net repayments of debt of $18.9.
Discontinued Operations — Cash flows used in discontinued operations for 2017 related to disbursements for liabilities retained in connection with dispositions, while cash flows used in discontinued operations during 2016 related primarily to the operations of our Balcke Dürr business and the cash disposed of in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr.
Change in Cash and Equivalents due to Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates — Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not have a significant impact on our cash and equivalents during 2017 and 2016.
2016 Compared to 2015
Operating Activities — The increase in cash flows from operating activities during 2016, compared to 2015, was due primarily to the fact that cash flows used in operating activities during 2015 included disbursements for general corporate overhead costs related to a corporate structure that supported the SPX business prior to the Spin-Off. As previously noted, a significant portion of this corporate structure transferred to SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off and, thus, was no longer part of our company during 2016. In addition, operating cash flows associated with our businesses increased during 2016, compared to 2015, primarily as a result of the timing of cash receipts on certain long-term projects.
Investing Activities — Cash flows from investing activities for 2016 related to proceeds from asset sales of $48.1 (including proceeds from the sale of the dry cooling business of $47.6), partially offset by capital expenditures of $11.7. Cash flows used in investing activities during 2015 related to capital expenditures of $16.0, partially offset by proceeds from asset sales of $2.0.
Financing Activities — During 2016, net cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to net repayments of debt of $18.9. During 2015, net cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to the cash dividend to SPX

34



FLOW in connection with the Spin-Off of $208.6 and dividends paid of $45.9, partially offset by net borrowings under our senior credit facilities of $97.0.
Discontinued Operations — Cash flows used in discontinued operations during 2016 related primarily to the operations of our Balcke Dürr business and the cash disposed of in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr, while cash flows used in discontinued operations during 2015 related primarily to the cash flows associated with the FLOW Business.
Change in Cash and Equivalents due to Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates — Changes in foreign currency exchange rates did not have a significant impact on our cash and equivalents during 2016. The decrease in cash and equivalents due to foreign currency exchange rates for 2015 reflected primarily a reduction in U.S. dollar equivalent balances of our Euro-denominated cash and equivalents as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro during the period.
Borrowings
The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2017:

December 31,
2016

Borrowings

Repayments

Other (5)

December 31,
2017
Revolving loans
$


$
54.6


$
(54.6
)

$


$

Term loans (1)(2)
339.6


350.0


(341.2
)

(0.7
)

347.7

Trade receivables financing arrangement (3)


74.0


(74.0
)




Other indebtedness (4)
16.6


38.7


(48.8
)

2.6


9.1

Total debt
356.2


$
517.3


$
(518.6
)

$
1.9


356.8

Less: short-term debt
14.8











7.0

Less: current maturities of long-term debt
17.9








0.5

Total long-term debt
$
323.5








$
349.3

_____________________________________________________________
(1) 
As noted below, we amended our senior credit agreement on December 19, 2017 and proceeds of $350.0 were made available by way of a new term loan facility, with $328.1 utilized to repay, in full, amounts outstanding under the then-existing term loan facility
(2) 
The new term loan is repayable in quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first quarter of 2019, with the remaining balance payable in full on December 19, 2022. Balances are net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.3 and $1.6 at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(3) 
Under this arrangement, we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0, as available. At December 31, 2017, we had $33.3 of available borrowing capacity under this facility.
(4) 
Primarily includes capital lease obligations of $2.1 and $1.7, balances under purchase card programs of $2.8 and $3.9, borrowings under a line of credit in South Africa of $0.0 and $10.2, and borrowings under a line of credit in China of $4.1 and $0.0, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The purchase card program allows for payment beyond the normal payment terms for goods and services acquired under the program. As this arrangement extends the payment of these purchases beyond their normal payment terms through third-party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.
(5) 
“Other” primarily includes debt assumed, foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the new term loan, and the impact of amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the term loan.
Maturities of long-term debt payable during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2017 are $0.5, $18.0, $18.0, $17.9 and $297.7, respectively.
Senior Credit Facilities
On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) to, among other things, extend the term of each facility under the Credit Agreement (with the aggregate of each facility comprising the “Senior Credit Facilities”) and provide for committed senior secured financing with an aggregate amount of $900.0, consisting of the following (each with the final maturity of December 19, 2022):


35



A new term loan facility in an aggregate principle amount of $350.0;
A domestic revolving credit facility, available for loans and letters of credit, in an aggregate principal amount up to $200.0;
A global revolving credit facility, available for loans in Euros, GBP and other currencies, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $150.0;
A participation foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $145.0 (previously $175.0); and
A bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $55.0 (previously $125.0).

The above amendment of our Credit Agreement also:
Adjusts the maximum aggregate amount of additional commitments we may seek, without consent of existing lenders, to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility, and/or the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, to (i) the greater of (A) $200.0 or (B) our Consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters, plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loan facility and the voluntary prepayments accompanied by permanent commitment reductions of revolving credit facilities and foreign credit instrument facilities, plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, our Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior four fiscal quarters does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 (with the provisions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) being essentially unchanged from the previous agreement);

Permits unlimited investments, capital stock repurchases and dividends, and prepayments of subordinated debt if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to such payments, is less than 2.75 to 1.00 (2.50 to 1.00 prior to the amendment);

Increases the Consolidated Leverage Ratio that we are required to maintain as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions) and included certain add-backs in the definition of consolidated EBITDA used in determining such ratio; and

Adjusts per annum fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans, in each case based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, to be as follows:

Consolidated
Leverage
Ratio
 
Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
 
Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
 
Letter of
Credit
Fee
 
Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee
 
Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee
 
LIBOR
Rate
Loans
 
ABR
Loans
Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0
 
0.350
%
 
0.350
%
 
2.000
%
 
0.350
%
 
1.250
%
 
2.000
%
 
1.000
%
Between 2.25 to 1.0 and 3.00 to 1.0
 
0.300
%
 
0.300
%
 
1.750
%
 
0.300
%
 
1.000
%
 
1.750
%
 
0.750
%
Between 1.50 to 1.0 and 2.25 to 1.0
 
0.275
%
 
0.275
%
 
1.500
%
 
0.275
%
 
0.875
%
 
1.500
%
 
0.500
%
Less than 1.50 to 1.0
 
0.250
%
 
0.250
%
 
1.375
%
 
0.250
%
 
0.800
%
 
1.375
%
 
0.375
%

We are the borrower under each of the above facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are (and we may designate other foreign subsidiaries to be) borrowers under the global revolving credit facility and the foreign credit instrument facilities. All borrowings and other extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.
The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by SPX on behalf of any of our subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue foreign credit instruments, including bank undertakings to support our foreign operations.

36



The interest rates applicable to loans under the Credit Agreement are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate (the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollars) plus, in each case, an applicable margin percentage as previously discussed, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings and analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents not to exceed $150.0) at the date of determination to consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently before such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months (and, if consented to by all relevant lenders, twelve months) for Eurodollar borrowings.
The weighted-average interest rate of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities was approximately 3.2% at December 31, 2017.
The fees and bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments unless otherwise agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.25% per annum, respectively.
The Credit Agreement requires mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary course of business and subject to other exceptions) by SPX or our subsidiaries. Mandatory prepayments will be applied to repay, first, amounts outstanding under any term loans and, then, amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No prepayment is required generally to the extent the net proceeds are reinvested (or committed to be reinvested) in permitted acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days (and if committed to be reinvested, actually reinvested within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period) of the receipt of such proceeds.
We may voluntarily prepay loans under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by:
Each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic material subsidiary with specified exceptions; and
SPX with respect to the obligations of our foreign borrower subsidiaries under the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility and the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility.
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by SPX or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of our material first-tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions). If SPX obtains a corporate credit rating from Moody’s and S&P and such corporate credit rating is less than “Ba2” (or not rated) by Moody’s and less than “BB” (or not rated) by S&P, then SPX and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on substantially all of their assets. If SPX’s corporate credit rating is “Baa3” or better by Moody’s or “BBB-” or better by S&P and no defaults then exist, all collateral security is to be released and the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement would be unsecured.
The Credit Agreement requires that SPX maintain:
A Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date to consolidated cash interest expense for such period) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 3.50 to 1.00; and
As previously discussed, a Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions).
The Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees, or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock, and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or engage

37



in certain transactions with affiliates, and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.
As previously discussed, we are permitted under the Credit Agreement to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.75 to 1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, the aggregate amount of such repurchases and dividend declarations cannot exceed (A) $50.0 in any fiscal year plus (B) an additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after the effective date equal to the sum of (i) $100.0 plus (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally as consolidated net income subject to certain adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period from the effective date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) plus (iii) certain other amounts.
At December 31, 2017, we had $314.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect to $35.7 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, at December 31, 2017, we had $16.9 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facilities after giving effect to $183.1 reserved for outstanding letters of credit.
At December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants of our Credit Agreement.
Other Borrowings and Financing Activities
Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under purchase card programs allowing for payment beyond their normal payment terms. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the participating businesses had $2.8 and $3.9, respectively, outstanding under these arrangements.
We are party to a trade receivables financing agreement, whereby we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0. Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $50.0 program limit. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.
In addition, we maintain line of credit facilities in China, India, and South Africa available to fund operations in these regions, when necessary. At December 31, 2017, the aggregate amount of borrowing capacity under these facilities was $20.2, while the aggregate borrowings outstanding were $4.2.
Financial Instruments
We measure our financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis, and nonfinancial assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis, at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We utilize market data or assumptions that we believe market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), significant other observable inputs (Level 2) or significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Our derivative financial assets and liabilities include interest rate swap agreements, FX forward contracts, FX embedded derivatives, and forward contracts that manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials (“commodity contracts”) that are measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk and our counterparties’ credit risks. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments active.
As of December 31, 2017, there was no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own credit risk as the related instruments are collateralized under our Senior Credit Facilities. Similarly, there was no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties’ credit risk.
We primarily use the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are further discussed below.

38



Interest Rate Swaps
During the second quarter of 2016, we entered into interest rate swap agreements (“Swaps”) to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing variable rate term loan. As a result of amending our Credit Agreement on December 19, 2017, these Swaps no longer qualified for hedge accounting, resulting in a gain (recorded to “Other expense, net”) in 2017 of $2.7. As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate notional amount of these Swaps was $162.6. In addition, we have recorded a current asset of $3.3 as of December 31, 2017 to recognize the fair value of these Swaps. As of December 31, 2016, the unrealized gain, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) was $0.7.
Currency Forward Contracts
We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency-denominated cash flows and to minimize the impact of changes as a result of currency fluctuations. Our principal currency exposures relate to the South African Rand, GBP and Euro.
From time to time, we enter into forward contracts to manage the exposure on contracts with forecasted transactions denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries (“FX forward contracts”). In addition, some of our contracts contain currency forward embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”), because the currency of exchange is not “clearly and closely” related to the functional currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings, but are included in AOCI. These changes in fair value are reclassified into earnings as a component of revenues or cost of products sold, as applicable, when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the cumulative change in the derivatives’ fair value is recorded as a component of “Other expense, net” in the period in which the transaction is no longer considered probable of occurring. To the extent a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period in which it occurs.
We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $9.0 and $8.8 outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with all of the $9.0 scheduled to mature in 2018. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $1.1 and $0.9 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with all of the $1.1 scheduled to mature in 2018. There were no unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The net loss recorded in “Other expense, net” related to FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives totaled $0.4 in 2017, $6.3 in 2016 and $1.2 in 2015.
Commodity Contracts
From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials. The outstanding notional amounts of commodity contracts were 3.6 and 4.1 pounds of copper at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We reclassify AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of these contracts was $1.1 (current asset) and $1.1 (current asset), respectively. The unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes, recorded in AOCI was $0.8 and $0.8 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized gain as of December 31, 2017 to income over the next 12 months.
Other Fair Value Financial Assets and Liabilities
The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents and receivables reported in our consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments.
The fair value of our debt instruments as of December 31, 2017 approximated the related carrying values due primarily to the variable market-based interest rates for such instruments.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and interest rate swap, foreign currency forward, and commodity contracts.

39



These financial instruments, other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.
We maintain cash levels in bank accounts that, at times, may exceed federally-insured limits. We have not experienced significant, and believe we are not exposed to significant risk of, loss in these accounts.
We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.
Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. Credit risks are mitigated by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions and obtaining collateral, advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.
Cash and Other Commitments
Our Senior Credit Facilities are payable in full on December 19, 2022. Our term loan is repayable in quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first fiscal quarter of 2019. The remaining balance is repayable in full on December 19, 2022.
We use operating leases to finance certain equipment, vehicles and properties. At December 31, 2017, we had $38.3 of future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
Capital expenditures for 2017 totaled $11.0, compared to $11.7 and $16.0 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Capital expenditures in 2017 related primarily to upgrades to manufacturing facilities, including replacement of equipment. We expect 2018 capital expenditures to approximate $12.0 to $14.0, with a significant portion related to replacement of equipment.
In 2017, we made contributions and direct benefit payments of $18.7 to our defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans. We expect to make $17.4 of minimum required funding contributions and direct benefit payments in 2018. Our pension plans have not experienced any liquidity difficulties or counterparty defaults due to the volatility in the credit markets. Our pension funds earned asset returns of approximately 8% in 2017. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of expected future contributions and benefit payments.
On a net basis, both from continuing and discontinued operations, we paid $22.9, $4.8 and $51.0 of income taxes for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In 2017, we made payments of $25.6 associated with the actual and estimated tax liability for federal, state and foreign tax obligations and received refunds of $2.7. The amount of income taxes that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. Deductions and the amount of income taxes can and do vary from year to year.
As of December 31, 2017, except as discussed in Notes 4, 13 and 15 to our consolidated financial statements and in the contractual obligations table below, we did not have any material guarantees, off-balance sheet arrangements or purchase commitments other than the following: (i) $35.7 of certain standby letters of credit outstanding, all of which reduce the available borrowing capacity on our domestic revolving credit facility; (ii) $183.1 of letters of credit outstanding, all of which reduce the available borrowing capacity on our foreign trade facilities; and (iii) approximately $102.4 of surety bonds. In addition, $35.7 of our standby letters of credit relate to self-insurance or environmental matters.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law for any personal liability in connection with their employment or service with us, subject to limited exceptions. While we maintain insurance for this type of liability, the liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.
We continually review each of our businesses in order to determine their long-term strategic fit. These reviews could result in selected acquisitions to expand an existing business or result in the disposition of an existing business. In addition, you should read “Risk Factors,” “Results for Reportable Segments” included in this MD&A, and “Business” for an understanding of the risks, uncertainties and trends facing our businesses.

40



Contractual Obligations
The following is a summary of our primary contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:
 
Total
 
Due
Within
1 Year
 
Due in
1-3 Years
 
Due in
3-5 Years
 
Due After
5 Years
Short-term debt obligations
$
7.0

 
$
7.0

 
$

 
$

 
$

Long-term debt obligations
352.1

 
0.5

 
36.0

 
315.6

 

Pension and postretirement benefit plan contributions and payments(1)
210.7

 
17.3

 
31.0

 
25.7

 
136.7

Purchase and other contractual obligation(2)
91.8

 
90.8

 
0.9

 
0.1

 

Future minimum operating lease payment(3)
38.3

 
8.3

 
14.4

 
9.0

 
6.6

Interest payments
68.0

 
13.3

 
28.4

 
26.3

 

Total contractual cash obligations(4)(5)
$
767.9

 
$
137.2

 
$
110.7

 
$
376.7

 
$
143.3

____________________________
(1) 
Estimated minimum required pension funding and pension and postretirement benefit payments are based on actuarial estimates using current assumptions for, among other things, discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets (where applicable), rate of compensation increases, and health care cost trend rates. The expected pension contributions for the U.S. plans in 2018 and thereafter reflect the minimum required contributions under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008. These contributions do not reflect potential voluntary contributions, or additional contributions that may be required in connection with acquisitions, dispositions or related plan mergers. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on expected future contributions and benefit payments.
(2) 
Represents contractual commitments to purchase goods and services at specified dates.
(3) 
Represents rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
(4) 
Contingent obligations, such as environmental accruals and those relating to uncertain tax positions generally do not have specific payment dates and accordingly have been excluded from the above table. We believe that within the next 12 months it is reasonably possible that our previously unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $3.0 to $15.0.
(5) 
In addition, the above table does not include potential payments under (i) our derivative financial instruments or (ii) the guarantees and bonds associated with Balcke Dürr.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting policies that we believe are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties, are listed below. This section should be read in conjunction with Notes 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements, which include a detailed discussion of these and other accounting policies.
Contingent Liabilities
Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending against us or certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, “claims”). These claims relate to litigation matters (e.g., class actions, derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters (predominately associated with alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials), and other risk management matters (e.g., general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring significantly greater loss than we anticipate. While we (and our subsidiaries) maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general liability, environmental, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection with acquisitions that we believe cover a significant portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., in the case of insurer

41



insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. Also, while we believe we are entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against potential loss exposures.
Our recorded liabilities related to these matters totaled $685.7 (including $641.2 for asbestos product liability matters) and $653.5 (including $605.6 for asbestos product liability matters) at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The liabilities we record for these claims are based on a number of assumptions, including historical claims and payment experience and, with respect to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates of the future period during which additional claims are reasonably foreseeable. While we base our assumptions on facts currently known to us, they entail inherently subjective judgments and uncertainties. As a result, our current assumptions for estimating these liabilities may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these liabilities in the future, which could result in charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
We have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability matters, with such amounts totaling $590.9 and $564.4 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will be entitled to recover under agreements we have with insurance companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries are based on a number of assumptions, including the continued solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. Our current assumptions for estimating these assets may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these assets in the future, which could result in additional charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
Large Power Projects in South Africa
The business environment surrounding our large power projects in South Africa remains difficult, as we have experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various other challenges associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various subcontractors (including us and our subcontractors), and various suppliers. We currently are involved in a number of claim disputes relating to these challenges. We are pursuing various commercial alternatives for addressing these challenges, in attempt to mitigate our overall financial exposure.
During the third quarter of 2015, we gained additional insight into the path for completing these projects, including our remaining scope, the estimated costs for completing such scope, and our expected recoverability of costs from prime contractors and our subcontractors. In response to this new information, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in an increase in our “Loss from continuing operations before income taxes” for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $95.0, which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $57.2 and an increase in cost of products sold of $37.8.

Over the past two years, we have implemented various initiatives that have reduced the risk associated with our large power projects in South Africa, including more recent steps to accelerate the timeline for completing certain portions of the projects. In addition, significant progress has occurred with regard to the projects, as we have now completed the majority of our contractual scope and expect to complete the remainder by the end of 2019.
During 2017, we experienced higher than expected costs associated with (i) our efforts to accelerate completion of certain scopes of work, (ii) financial and other challenges facing certain of our subcontractors, and (iii) delays and other on-site productivity challenges. As a result, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in a charge to “Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes” of $52.8 during the year ended December 31, 2017 ($22.9 and $29.9, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively), which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively) and an increase in cost of products sold of $15.9 ($9.4 and $6.5, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively).
We recognize revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims to the extent the related costs have been incurred and the amount expected of recovery is probable and reasonably estimable. At December 31, 2017, the projected revenues related to our large power projects in South Africa included approximately $29.0 related to claims and unapproved change orders. We believe these amounts are recoverable under the provisions of the related contracts and reflect our best estimate of recoverable amounts.

42



Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to these projects are reasonable, it is possible that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Noncontrolling Interest in South African Subsidiary
Our South African subsidiary, DBT Technologies (PTY) LTD (“DBT”), has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder (the “BEE Partner”) that holds a 25.1% noncontrolling interest in DBT. Under the terms of the shareholder agreement between the BEE Partner and SPX Technologies (PTY) LTD (“SPX Technologies”), the BEE Partner had the option to put its ownership interest in DBT to SPX Technologies, the majority shareholder of DBT, at a redemption amount determined in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement (the “Put Option”). The BEE Partner notified SPX Technologies of its intention to exercise the Put Option and, on July 6, 2016, an Arbitration Tribunal declared that the BEE Partner was entitled to South African Rand 287.3 in connection with the exercise of the Put Option, having not considered an amount due from the BEE Partner under a promissory note of South African Rand 30.3 held by SPX Technologies. As a result, we have reflected the net redemption amount of South African Rand 257.0 (or $20.9 and $18.5 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively) within “Accrued expenses” on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, with the related offset recorded to “Paid-in-capital” and “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” In addition, during 2016 we reclassified $38.7 from “Noncontrolling Interests” to “Paid-in capital.” Lastly, under the two-class method of calculating earnings per share, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” for the excess redemption amount of the Put Option (i.e., the increase in the redemption amount during the year ended December 31, 2016 in excess of fair value) in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016.
In August 2016, SPX Technologies applied to the High Court of South Africa (the “Court”) to have the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling set aside. The Court heard arguments on SPX Technologies application in November 2017. On January 22, 2018, the Court ruled in SPX Technologies favor and set aside the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling. This ruling by the Court is subject to appeal by the BEE Partner. The BEE Partner has filed for leave to appeal the decision and SPX Technologies will continue to assert all legal defenses available to it.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, in connection with our accounting for the redemption of the BEE Partner’s ownership interest in DBT, we discontinued allocating earnings/losses of DBT to the BEE Partner within our consolidated financial statements.
Patent Infringement Lawsuit
Our subsidiary, SPX Cooling Technologies, Inc. (“SPXCT”), is a defendant in a legal action brought by Baltimore Aircoil Company (“BAC”) alleging that a SPXCT product infringes United States Patent No. 7,107,782, entitled “Evaporative Heat Exchanger and Method.” BAC filed suit on July 16, 2013 in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (the “District Court”) seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief.
On November 4, 2016, the jury for the trial in the District Court found in favor of SPXCT. The verdict by the District Court is currently under appeal by BAC. We believe that we will ultimately be successful in any future judicial processes; however, to the extent we are not successful, the outcome could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

43



Environmental Matters
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements. We are currently involved in various investigatory and remedial actions at our facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites. It is our policy to accrue for estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization of the losses or expenses probable and they can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, including new or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions from estimates provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. We expense costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless they extend the economic useful lives of related assets. We record liabilities when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. It is our policy to realize a change in estimates once it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. In determining our accruals, we generally do not discount environmental accruals and do not reduce them by anticipated insurance, litigation and other recoveries. We take into account third-party indemnification from financially viable parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the right to indemnification.
Self-Insured Risk Management Matters
We are self-insured for certain of our workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities are determined by us, are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts; however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. The key assumptions considered in estimating the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and the estimated costs associated with incurred but not yet reported claims include, among other things, our historical and industry claims experience, trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, and historical lag studies with regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred versus when it is reported.
Long-Term Contract Accounting
Certain of our businesses, primarily within the Engineered Solutions reportable segment, recognize revenues and profits from long-term construction/installation contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion method requires estimates of future revenues and costs over the full term of product delivery. We measure the percentage-of-completion principally by the contract costs incurred to date as a percentage of the estimated total costs for that contract at completion. In 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recognized $255.5, $336.1 and $361.8 of revenues under the percentage-of-completion method, respectively.
We record any provision for estimated losses on uncompleted long-term contracts in the period in which the losses are determined. In the case of customer change orders for uncompleted long-term contracts, we include estimated recoveries for work performed in forecasting ultimate profitability on these contracts. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is reasonably possible that completion costs, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, will be revised during the duration of a contract. These revisions to costs and income are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
Our estimation process for determining revenues and costs for contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method is based upon (i) our historical experience, (ii) the professional judgment and knowledge of our engineers, project managers, and operations and financial professionals, and (iii) an assessment of the key underlying factors (see below) that impact the revenues and costs of our long-term contracts. Each long-term contract is unique, but typically similar enough to other contracts that we can effectively leverage our experience. As our long-term contracts generally range from nine to eighteen months in duration, we typically reassess the estimated revenues and costs of these contracts on a quarterly basis, but may reassess more often as situations warrant. We record changes in estimates of revenues and costs when identified using the cumulative catch-up method prescribed under the Revenue Recognition Topic of the Codification.
We believe the underlying factors used to estimate our costs to complete and percentage-of-completion are sufficiently reliable to provide a reasonable estimate of revenue and profit; however, due to the length of time over

44



which revenues are generated and costs are incurred, along with the judgment required in developing the underlying factors, the variability of revenue and cost can be significant. Factors that may affect revenue and costs relating to long-term contracts include, but are not limited to, the following:
Sales Price Incentives and Sales Price Escalation Clauses — Sales price incentives and sales price escalations that are reasonably assured and reasonably estimable are recorded over the performance period of the contract. Otherwise, these amounts are recorded when awarded.
Cost Recovery for Product Design Changes and Claims — On occasion, design specifications may change during the course of the contract. Any additional costs arising from these changes may be supported by change orders, or we may submit a claim to the customer. Change orders are accounted for as described above. See below for our accounting policies related to claims.
Material Availability and Costs — Our estimates of material costs generally are based on existing supplier relationships, adequate availability of materials, prevailing market prices for materials, and, in some cases, long-term supplier contracts. Changes in our supplier relationships, delays in obtaining materials, or changes in material prices can have a significant impact on our cost and profitability estimates.
Use of Subcontractors — Our arrangements with subcontractors are generally based on fixed prices; however, our estimates of the cost and profitability can be impacted by subcontractor delays, customer claims arising from subcontractor performance issues, or a subcontractor’s inability to fulfill its obligations.
Labor Costs and Anticipated Productivity Levels — Where applicable, we include the impact of labor improvements in our estimation of costs, such as in cases where we expect a favorable learning curve over the duration of the contract. In these cases, if the improvements do not materialize, costs and profitability could be adversely impacted. Additionally, to the extent we are more or less productive than originally anticipated, estimated costs and profitability may also be impacted.
Effect of Foreign Currency Fluctuations — Fluctuations between currencies in which our long-term contracts are denominated and the currencies under which contract costs are incurred can have an impact on profitability. When the impact on profitability is potentially significant, we may enter into FX forward contracts or prepay certain vendors for raw materials to manage the potential exposure. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details on our FX forward contracts.
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts arise when revenues have been recorded but the amounts have not been billed under the terms of the contracts. These amounts are billed to customers upon various measures of performance, including achievement of certain milestones, completion of specified units or completion of the contract.
We periodically make claims against customers, suppliers and subcontractors associated with alleged non-performance and other disputes over contractual terms. Claims related to long-term contracts are recognized as additional revenues or as a reduction of costs only after we have determined that collection is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. Claims made by us may involve negotiation and, in certain cases, litigation or other dispute-resolution processes. In the event we incur litigation or other dispute-resolution costs in connection with claims, these costs are expensed as incurred, although we may seek to recover these costs. Claims against us are recognized when a loss is considered probable and amounts are reasonably estimable.
Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are subject to annual impairment testing. We monitor the results of each of our reporting units as a means of identifying trends and/or matters that may impact their financial results and, thus, be an indicator of a potential impairment. The trends and/or matters that we specifically monitor for each of our reporting units are as follows:
Significant variances in financial performance (e.g., revenues, earnings and cash flows) in relation to expectations and historical performance;
Significant changes in end markets or other economic factors;
Significant changes or planned changes in our use of a reporting unit’s assets; and
Significant changes in customer relationships and competitive conditions.
The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units. We perform our impairment testing by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying

45



value of the reported net assets, with such testing occurring during the fourth quarter of each year in conjunction with our annual financial planning process (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise), based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of the third quarter. Fair value is generally based on the income approach using a calculation of discounted cash flows, based on the most recent financial projections for the reporting units. The revenue growth rates included in the financial projections are our best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting unit based on current cost structure and, when applicable, anticipated net cost reductions.
The calculation of fair value for our reporting units incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, profit margin and discount factors. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in impairment charges in future periods.
Based on our annual goodwill impairment testing in 2017, we determined that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded the carrying value of their respective net assets by over 100%.
We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment. The fair values of our trademarks are determined by applying estimated royalty rates to projected revenues, with the resulting cash flows discounted at a rate of return that reflects current market conditions. The basis for these projected revenues is the annual operating plan for each of the related businesses, which is prepared in the fourth quarter of each year.
See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Employee Benefit Plans
Defined benefit plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. Additionally, domestic postretirement plans provide health and life insurance benefits for certain retirees and their dependents. We recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses into earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required, as a component of net periodic benefit expense. The remaining components of pension/postretirement expense, primarily service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded on a quarterly basis.
Our pension plans have not experienced any significant impact on liquidity or counterparty exposure due to the volatility in the credit markets.
The costs and obligations associated with these plans are determined based on actuarial valuations. The critical assumptions used in determining these related expenses and obligations are discount rates and healthcare cost projections. These critical assumptions are calculated based on company data and appropriate market indicators, and are evaluated at least annually by us in consultation with outside actuaries. Other assumptions involving demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of increase in compensation levels are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect our experience and expectations for the future. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, actual results may differ.
The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate is the yield on high-quality fixed income investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. Including the effects of recognizing actuarial gains and losses into earnings as described above, a 50 basis point decrease in the discount rate for our domestic plans would have increased our 2017 pension expense by approximately $17.9, and a 50 basis point increase in the discount rate would have decreased our 2017 pension expense by approximately $16.3.
The trend in healthcare costs is difficult to estimate, and it can significantly impact our postretirement liabilities and costs. The healthcare cost trend rate for 2018, which is the weighted-average annual projected rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits, is 7.25%. This rate is assumed to decrease to 5.0% by 2027 and then remain at that level. Including the effects of recognizing actuarial gains and losses into earnings as described above, a 100 basis point increase in the healthcare cost trend rate would have increased our 2017 postretirement expense by approximately $1.4, and a 100 basis point decrease in the healthcare cost trend rate would have decreased our 2017 postretirement expense by approximately $1.6.
See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

46



Income Taxes
We record our income taxes based on the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, which includes an estimate of the amount of income taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.
Realization of deferred tax assets involves estimates regarding (i) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (ii) expected future taxable income, and (iii) the impact of tax planning strategies. We believe that it is more likely than not that we will not realize the benefit of certain deferred tax assets and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance against them. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including past operating results, projections of future taxable income and the feasibility of and potential changes to ongoing tax planning strategies. The projections of future taxable income include a number of estimates and assumptions regarding our volume, pricing and costs. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies. However, deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income are significantly reduced or tax strategies are no longer viable.
The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions and ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed adjustments. We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a quarterly basis and accrue for potential uncertain tax positions. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are recorded based on an expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolutions occur, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.
Our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities due to closure of income tax examinations, statute expirations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, future tax planning strategies, or other relevant events. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our uncertain tax positions.
Parent Guarantees and Bonds Associated with Balcke Dürr
As discussed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr, we remain contingently obligated under existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds which totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 76.1 and Euro 47.9, respectively, at December 31, 2017). We have accounted for our contingent obligation in accordance with the Guarantees Topic of the Codification, which required that we record a liability for the estimated fair value of the parent company guarantees and the bonds in connection with the accounting for the sale of Balcke Dürr. We estimated the fair value of the parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds considering the probability of default by Balcke Dürr and an estimate of the amount we would be obligated to pay in the event of a default (unobservable inputs - Level 3). In addition, under the related purchase agreement, Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral and mutares AG provided a partial guarantee in the event any of the parent company guarantees or bonds are called. We recorded an asset for the estimated fair value of the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the partial guarantee provided by mutares AG, with the estimated fair values based on the terms and conditions and relative risk associated with each of these securities. By way of an offset to “Other expense, net,” we are reducing the liability and amortizing the asset, with the reduction of the liability generally to occur at the earlier of the completion of the related underlying project milestones or the expiration of the guarantees or bonds, and the amortization of the asset to occur based on the expiration terms of each of the securities. We will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the recorded liability and will record an adjustment to the liability if we conclude that it is probable that we will be required to fund an amount greater than what is recorded. See Notes 4 and 15 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.

47




New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

48



ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
(All currency amounts are in millions)
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity raw material prices, and we selectively use financial instruments to manage these risks. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes; however, these instruments may be deemed speculative if the future cash flows originally hedged are no longer probable of occurring as anticipated. Our currency exposures vary, but are primarily concentrated in the South African Rand, GBP, and Euro. We generally do not hedge currency translation exposures. Our exposures for commodity raw materials vary, with the highest concentration relating to steel, copper and oil. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further details.
The following table provides information, as of December 31, 2017, about our primary outstanding debt obligations and presents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates, weighted-average interest rates and fair values.
 
Expected Maturity Date
 
2018
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
Thereafter
 
Total
 
Fair Value
Term loan
$

 
$
17.5

 
$
17.5

 
$
17.5

 
$
297.5

 
$
350.0

 
$

Average interest rate
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
3.2
%
 
 

We believe that cash and equivalents, cash flows from operations, and availability under revolving credit facilities and our trade receivables financing arrangement will be sufficient to fund working capital needs, planned capital expenditures, other operational cash requirements and required debt service obligations.
We had interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $162.6 at December 31, 2017. The fair value of the Swaps was $3.3 (recorded as a current asset) as of December 31, 2017.
We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $9.0 at December 31, 2017, with all of the $9.0 scheduled to mature in 2018. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $1.1 at December 31, 2017, with all of the $1.1 scheduled to mature in 2018. The aggregate fair value of our FX forward contracts and FX embedded derivatives was $0.4 (recorded as a current liability) as of December 31, 2017.
We had commodity contracts with an outstanding notional amount of 3.6 pounds of copper at December 31, 2017. The fair value of these contracts was $1.1 (recorded as a current asset) as of December 31, 2017.



49



ITEM 8. Financial Statements And Supplementary Data

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Index To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2017
 
Page
SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or because the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

50



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of SPX Corporation:
Opinion on the Financial Statements and Financial Highlights
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 21, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Emphasis of a Matter
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on September 26, 2015, the Company completed the spin-off of SPX FLOW, Inc. through a distribution of the shares of SPX FLOW, Inc. to the Company’s stockholders. The operating results of SPX FLOW, Inc. have been presented as discontinued operations in the 2015 consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 21, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.




51



SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except per share amounts)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of products sold
1,095.6

 
1,096.5

 
1,283.1

Selling, general and administrative
282.3

 
301.0

 
387.8

Intangible amortization
0.6

 
2.8

 
5.2

Impairment of intangible assets

 
30.1

 

Special charges, net
2.7

 
5.3

 
5.1

Gain on contract settlement
10.2

 

 

Gain on sale of dry cooling business

 
18.4

 

Operating income (loss)
54.8

 
55.0

 
(122.2
)
Other expense, net
(2.0
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(10.0
)
Interest expense
(17.1
)
 
(14.8
)
 
(22.0
)
Interest income
1.3

 
0.8

 
1.3

Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement
(0.9
)
 
(1.3
)
 
(1.4
)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
36.1

 
39.4

 
(154.3
)
Income tax (provision) benefit
47.9

 
(9.1
)
 
2.7

Income (loss) from continuing operations
84.0

 
30.3

 
(151.6
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 
(16.6
)
 
39.8

Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax
5.3

 
(81.3
)
 
(5.2
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
5.3

 
(97.9
)
 
34.6

Net income (loss)
89.3

 
(67.6
)
 
(117.0
)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
(0.4
)
 
(34.3
)
Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
89.3

 
(67.2
)
 
(82.7
)
  Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note 13)

 
(18.1
)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after
adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
89.3

 
$
(85.3
)
 
$
(82.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax
$
84.0

 
$
12.6

 
$
(118.2
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
5.3

 
(97.9
)
 
35.5

Net income (loss)
$
89.3

 
$
(85.3
)
 
$
(82.7
)
Basic income (loss) per share of common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
1.98

 
$
0.30

 
$
(2.90
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
0.13

 
(2.35
)
 
0.87

Net income (loss) per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
2.11

 
$
(2.05
)
 
$
(2.03
)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — basic
42.413

 
41.610

 
40.733

Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
1.91

 
$
0.30

 
$
(2.90
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
0.12

 
(2.32
)
 
0.87

Net income (loss) per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
2.03

 
$
(2.02
)
 
$
(2.03
)
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
43.905

 
42.161

 
40.733

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

52



SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Net income (loss)
$
89.3

 
$
(67.6
)
 
$
(117.0
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net:
 

 
 

 
 
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax (provision) benefit of $(9.8), $0.4, and $(0.1) in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively
15.2

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.4
)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax (provision) benefit of $0.4, $(1.7) and $(0.3) in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively
(0.7
)
 
3.3

 
(0.6
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
0.5

 
(50.9
)
 
(132.9
)
Other comprehensive Income (loss), net
15.0

 
(48.2
)
 
(133.9
)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
104.3

 
(115.8
)
 
(250.9
)
Less: Total comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
(0.4
)
 
(34.3
)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
$
104.3

 
$
(115.4
)
 
$
(216.6
)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.


53



SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except share data)
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and equivalents
$
124.3

 
$
99.6

Accounts receivable, net
267.5

 
251.7

Inventories, net
143.0

 
145.7

Other current assets (includes income taxes receivable of $62.4 and $1.2 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)
97.7

 
30.6

Total current assets
632.5

 
527.6

Property, plant and equipment:
 

 
 
Land
15.8

 
15.4

Buildings and leasehold improvements
120.5

 
117.3

Machinery and equipment
330.4

 
329.8

 
466.7

 
462.5

Accumulated depreciation
(280.1
)
 
(267.0
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
186.6

 
195.5

Goodwill
345.9

 
340.4

Intangibles, net
117.6

 
117.9

Other assets
706.9

 
680.5

Deferred income taxes
50.9

 
50.6

TOTAL ASSETS
$
2,040.4

 
$
1,912.5

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 

 
 
Current liabilities:
 

 
 
Accounts payable
$
159.7

 
$
137.6

Accrued expenses
292.6

 
304.3

Income taxes payable
1.2

 
1.7

Short-term debt
7.0

 
14.8

Current maturities of long-term debt
0.5

 
17.9

Total current liabilities
461.0

 
476.3

Long-term debt
349.3

 
323.5

Deferred and other income taxes
29.6

 
42.4

Other long-term liabilities
885.8

 
878.7

Total long-term liabilities
1,264.7

 
1,244.6

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 13)


 


Equity:
 

 
 
Common stock (51,186,064 and 42,650,599 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017, respectively, and 50,754,779 and 41,940,089 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016, respectively)
0.5

 
0.5

Paid-in capital
1,309.8

 
1,307.9

Retained deficit
(742.3
)
 
(831.6
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
250.1

 
235.1

Common stock in treasury (8,535,465 and 8,814,690 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)
(503.4
)
 
(520.3
)
Total equity
314.7

 
191.6

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
$
2,040.4

 
$
1,912.5

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

54



SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(in millions, except per share amounts)
 
Common
Stock
 
Paid-In
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings (Deficit)
 
Accum. Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Common
Stock In
Treasury
 
SPX
Corporation
Shareholders’
Equity
 
Noncontrolling
Interests
 
Total
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
1.0

 
$
2,608.0

 
$
2,628.6

 
$
62.6

 
$
(3,491.5
)
 
$
1,808.7

 
$
3.2

 
$
1,811.9

Net Loss

 

 
(82.7
)
 


 

 
(82.7
)
 
(34.3
)
 
(117.0
)
Other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

 
(133.9
)
 

 
(133.9
)
 

 
(133.9
)
Dividends declared ($0.75 per share)

 

 
(30.9
)
 

 

 
(30.9
)
 

 
(30.9
)
Incentive plan activity

 
14.7

 

 

 

 
14.7

 

 
14.7

Long-term incentive compensation expense, including $6.0 related to discontinued operations

 
39.9

 

 

 

 
39.9

 

 
39.9

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, including related tax benefit of $0.7 and net of tax withholdings

 
(13.0
)
 

 

 
5.2

 
(7.8
)
 

 
(7.8
)
Other changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 
5.3

 
5.3

Spin-Off of FLOW Business

 

 
(1,617.2
)
 
354.6

 

 
(1,262.6
)
 
(11.3
)
 
(1,273.9
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
1.0

 
2,649.6

 
897.8

 
283.3

 
(3,486.3
)
 
345.4

 
(37.1
)
 
308.3

Net loss

 

 
(67.2
)
 
 
 

 
(67.2
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(67.6
)
Other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

 
(48.2
)
 

 
(48.2
)
 

 
(48.2
)
Incentive plan activity

 
8.8

 

 

 

 
8.8

 

 
8.8

Long-term incentive compensation expense

 
12.7

 

 

 

 
12.7

 

 
12.7

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, including related tax benefit of $2.2 and net of tax withholdings

 
(21.8
)
 

 

 
17.9

 
(3.9
)
 

 
(3.9
)
Treasury share retirement
(0.5
)
 
(1,285.4
)
 
(1,662.2
)
 
 
 
2,948.1

 

 

 

Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note 13)

 
(56.0
)
 

 

 

 
(56.0
)
 
38.7

 
(17.3
)
Other changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1.2
)
 
(1.2
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
0.5

 
1,307.9

 
(831.6
)
 
235.1

 
(520.3
)
 
191.6

 

 
191.6

Net income

 

 
89.3

 

 

 
89.3

 

 
89.3

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 
15.0

 

 
15.0

 

 
15.0

Incentive plan activity

 
11.3

 

 

 

 
11.3

 

 
11.3

Long-term incentive compensation expense

 
12.0

 

 

 

 
12.0

 

 
12.0

Restricted stock and restricted stock unit vesting, including related tax benefit of $0.6 and net of tax withholdings

 
(21.4
)
 

 

 
16.9

 
(4.5
)
 

 
(4.5
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
$
0.5

 
$
1,309.8

 
$
(742.3
)
 
$
250.1

 
$
(503.4
)
 
$
314.7

 
$

 
$
314.7

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

55



SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
89.3

 
$
(67.6
)
 
$
(117.0
)
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
5.3

 
(97.9
)
 
34.6

Income (loss) from continuing operations
84.0

 
30.3

 
(151.6
)
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash from (used in) operating activities


 
 

 
 

Special charges, net
2.7

 
5.3

 
5.1

Gain on asset sales

 
(0.9
)
 
(1.2
)
Gain on sale of dry cooling business

 
(18.4
)
 

Impairment of intangible assets

 
30.1

 

Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement
0.9

 
1.3

 
1.4

Deferred and other income taxes
(21.0
)
 

 
4.9

Depreciation and amortization
25.2

 
26.5

 
37.0

Pension and other employee benefits
14.9

 
24.8

 
35.2

Long-term incentive compensation
15.8

 
13.7

 
33.9

Other, net
4.7

 
3.2

 
3.8

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and divestitures


 
 

 
 

Accounts receivable and other assets
(102.8
)
 
(28.7
)
 
(6.9
)
Inventories
4.5

 
8.5

 
(21.2
)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
28.3

 
(40.2
)
 
(11.3
)
Cash spending on restructuring actions
(3.0
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(5.1
)
Net cash from (used in) continuing operations
54.2

 
53.4

 
(76.0
)
Net cash from (used in) discontinued operations
(6.6
)
 
(46.9
)
 
37.5

Net cash from (used in) operating activities
47.6

 
6.5

 
(38.5
)
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:


 
 

 
 

Proceeds from asset sales

 
48.1

 
2.0

Increase in restricted cash
(0.3
)
 

 

Capital expenditures
(11.0
)
 
(11.7
)
 
(16.0
)
Net cash from (used in) continuing operations
(11.3
)
 
36.4

 
(14.0
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations (includes cash divested with the sale of Balcke Dürr of $30.2 in 2016)

 
(30.9
)
 
(40.2
)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
(11.3
)
 
5.5

 
(54.2
)
Cash flows used in financing activities:


 
 

 
 

Borrowings under senior credit facilities
404.6

 
56.2

 
1,264.0

Repayments under senior credit facilities
(395.8
)
 
(65.0
)
 
(1,167.0
)
Borrowings under trade receivables agreement
74.0

 
72.0

 
156.0

Repayments under trade receivables agreement
(74.0
)
 
(72.0
)
 
(166.0
)
Net borrowings (repayments) under other financing arrangements
(10.1
)
 
(10.1
)
 
12.2

Minimum withholdings paid on behalf of employees for net share settlements, net of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and other
(1.3
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(6.2
)
Financing fees paid
(3.6
)
 

 
(12.2
)
Dividends paid

 

 
(45.9
)
Cash divested in connection with the spin-off of FLOW Business

 

 
(208.6
)
Net cash used in continuing operations
(6.2
)
 
(20.5
)
 
(173.7
)
Net cash used in discontinued operations

 

 
(1.9
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(6.2
)
 
(20.5
)
 
(175.6
)
Change in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates
(5.4
)
 
6.7

 
(57.9
)
Net change in cash and equivalents
24.7

 
(1.8
)
 
(326.2
)
Consolidated cash and equivalents, beginning of period
99.6

 
101.4

 
427.6

Consolidated cash and equivalents, end of period
$
124.3

 
$
99.6

 
$
101.4

Cash and equivalents of continuing operations
$
124.3

 
$
99.6

 
$
97.2


56



Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:


 
 

 


Interest paid
$
15.1

 
$
12.5

 
$
60.8

Income taxes paid, net of refunds of $2.7, $4.3 and $8.8 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively
$
22.9

 
$
4.8

 
$
51.0

Non-cash investing and financing activity:


 
 

 
 

Debt assumed
$
0.9

 
$
3.9

 
$
1.0

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

57



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2017
(All currency and share amounts are in millions, except per share and par value data)
(1)    Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies are described below, as well as in other Notes that follow. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided in these Notes pertain to continuing operations only (see Note 4 for information on discontinued operations).
Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include SPX Corporation’s (“SPX”, “our”, or “we”) accounts prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) after the elimination of intercompany transactions. Investments in unconsolidated companies where we exercise significant influence but do not have control are accounted for using the equity method. In determining whether we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”), we perform a qualitative analysis that considers the design of the VIE, the nature of our involvement and the variable interests held by other parties to determine which party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, and which party has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We have an interest in a VIE, in which we are not the primary beneficiary, as a result of the sale of Balcke Dürr. See below and in Notes 2, 4 and 15 for further discussion of the Balcke Dürr sale. All other VIEs are considered immaterial, individually and in aggregate, to our consolidated financial statements.
Spin-Off of FLOW Business On September 26, 2015 (the “Distribution Date”), we completed the spin-off to our stockholders (the “Spin-Off”) of all the outstanding shares of SPX FLOW, Inc. (“SPX FLOW”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPX prior to the Spin-Off, which at the time of the Spin-Off held the businesses comprising our Flow Technology reportable segment, our Hydraulic Technologies business, and certain of our corporate subsidiaries (collectively, the “FLOW Business”). On the Distribution Date, each of our stockholders of record as of the close of business on September 16, 2015 (the “Record Date”) received one share of common stock of SPX FLOW for every share of SPX common stock held as of the Record Date. SPX FLOW is now an independent public company trading under the symbol “FLOW” on the New York Stock Exchange. Following the Spin-Off, SPX’s common stock continues to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the ticker symbol, “SPXC”. The financial results of SPX FLOW for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been classified as discontinued operations within the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Shift Away from the Power Generation Markets — Prior to the Spin-Off, our businesses serving the power generation markets had a major impact on the consolidated financial results of SPX. In the recent years leading up to the Spin-Off, these businesses experienced significant declines in revenues and profitability associated with weak demand and increased competition within the global power generation markets. Based on a review of our post-spin portfolio and the belief that a recovery within the power generation markets was unlikely in the foreseeable future, we decided that our strategic focus would be on our (i) scalable growth businesses that serve the heating and ventilation (“HVAC”) and detection and measurement markets and (ii) power transformer and process cooling systems businesses. As a result, we have significantly reduced our exposure to the power generation markets as indicated by the disposals summarized below:
Sale of Dry Cooling Business - On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business, a business that provides dry cooling systems to the global power generation markets and was previously reported within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment, to Paharpur Cooling Towers Limited. See Note 4 for additional details.

Sale of Balcke Dürr Business - On December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr, a business that provides heat exchangers and other related components to the European and Asian power generation markets, to a subsidiary of mutares AG (the “Buyer”). Balcke Dürr historically had been the most significant of our power generation businesses and, in recent years, had experienced significant declines in its operating performance as evidenced by its net loss of $39.6 in 2015. With the sale, we eliminated the losses and liquidity needs of Balcke Dürr, which were expected to be significant in the foreseeable future. As we considered the disposition of Balcke Dürr to be the cornerstone of our strategic shift away from the power generation markets, and given the significance of Balcke Dürr’s financial results to our overall operations prior to its disposition, we have classified Balcke Dürr as a discontinued operation in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. See Note 4 for additional details.


58




New Income Tax Regulations in the United States — On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted which significantly changes United States (“U.S.”) income tax law for businesses and individuals. The Act introduces changes that impact U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 21%), business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits. In addition, the Act will have tax consequences for many entities that operate internationally, including the timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed foreign earnings. Given the significance of the changes that will result from the Act, companies are likely to encounter a situation in which the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act will be incomplete by the time their financial statements are issued for the reporting period that includes the enactment date of December 22, 2017. In recognition of this potential situation, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”). SAB 118 provides guidance on how companies should apply Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, Income Taxes, in accounting for the impact of the Act. Specifically, SAB 118 indicates that to the extent accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act is incomplete, but an entity can determine a reasonable estimate for those effects, such estimates should be included in an entity’s financial statements. The reasonable estimates are to be reported as provisional amounts during a measurement period. The measurement period begins with the reporting period that includes the Act’s enactment date and ends when an entity has finalized its analysis of the information that is needed in order to complete the accounting requirements of ASC 740, but in no circumstances would the measurement period extend beyond one year from the enactment date. In circumstances when a reasonable estimate cannot be determined, an entity would continue to apply ASC 740 (e.g., when recognizing and measuring current and deferred income taxes) based on the provisions of the tax law that were in effect prior to the Act being enacted. In addition, to the extent the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act are complete, these completed amounts will not be provisional amounts. SAB 118 also indicates that an entity should provide various disclosures about the material financial reporting impacts of the Act for which accounting under ASC 740 is incomplete. See Note 10 for a discussion of the impact of the Act on our 2017 consolidated financial statements, including disclosure of any provisional amounts that have been recorded and circumstances where reasonable estimates could not be made.

Retirement of Treasury Stock In 2016, we retired 50.0 shares, or $2,948.1, of “Common stock in treasury.” Under the applicable state law, these shares represent authorized and unissued shares upon retirement. In accordance with our accounting policy, we allocate any excess of share repurchase over par value between “Paid-in capital” and “Retained earnings,” resulting in respective reductions of $1,285.4 and $1,662.2.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions — The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with the Foreign Currency Matters Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification (“Codification”). Gains and losses on foreign currency translations are reflected as a separate component of equity and other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses related to foreign currency forward contracts and currency forward embedded derivatives, are included in “Other expense, net,” with the related net losses totaling $3.3, $2.4 and $8.6 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Cash Equivalents — We consider highly liquid money market investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Revenue Recognition — We recognize revenues from product sales upon shipment to the customer (e.g., FOB shipping point) or upon receipt by the customer (e.g., FOB destination), in accordance with the agreed upon customer terms. Revenues from service contracts and long-term maintenance arrangements are recognized on a straight-line basis over the agreement period. Sales with FOB destination terms are primarily to power transformer customers. Sales to distributors with return rights are recognized upon shipment to the distributor with expected returns estimated and accrued at the time of sale. The accrual considers restocking charges for returns and in some cases the distributor must issue a replacement order before the return is authorized. Actual return experience may vary from our estimates. We recognize revenues separately for arrangements with multiple deliverables that meet the criteria for separate units of accounting as defined by the Revenue Recognition Topic of the Codification. The deliverables under these arrangements typically include hardware and software components, installation, maintenance, extended warranties and software upgrades. Amounts allocated to each element are based on its objectively determined fair value, such as the sales price of the product or service when it is sold separately, competitor prices for similar products or our best estimate. The hardware and software components are usually recognized as revenue contemporaneously, as both are required for essential functionality of the products, with the installation being recognized upon completion. Revenues related to maintenance, extended warranties and software upgrades are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the coverage period.

59



We offer sales incentive programs primarily to effect volume rebates and promotional and advertising allowances. These programs are only significant to one of our business units. The liability for these programs, and the resulting reduction to reported revenues, is determined primarily through trend analysis, historical experience and expectations regarding customer participation.
Amounts billed for shipping and handling are included in revenues. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are recorded in cost of products sold. Taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer are presented on a net basis (excluded from revenues) in our consolidated statements of operations.
In addition, certain of our businesses, primarily within the Engineered Solutions reportable segment, also recognize revenues from long-term construction/installation contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The percentage-of-completion is measured principally by the percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to the estimated total costs for such contract at completion. We recognize revenues for similar short-term contracts using the completed-contract method of accounting.
Provisions for any estimated losses on uncompleted long-term contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. In the case of customer change orders for uncompleted long-term contracts, estimated recoveries are included for work performed in forecasting ultimate profitability on certain contracts. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is possible that completion costs, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may be revised in the near-term. Such revisions to costs and income are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings arise when revenues have been recorded but the amounts have not been billed under the terms of the contracts. These amounts are recoverable from customers upon various measures of performance, including achievement of certain milestones, completion of specified units or completion of the contract. Claims related to long-term contracts are recognized as revenue only after we have determined that collection is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated. Claims made by us involve negotiation and, in certain cases, litigation or other dispute-resolution processes. In the event we incur litigation or other dispute-resolution costs in connection with claims, such costs are expensed as incurred, although we may seek to recover these costs. Claims against us are recognized when a loss is considered probable and amounts are reasonably estimable.
We recognized $255.5, $336.1 and $361.8 in revenues under the percentage-of-completion method for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, from their inception, and related amounts billed as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
 
2017
 
2016
Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts
$
1,261.3

 
$
1,191.4

Estimated earnings (loss) to date
(59.9
)
 
25.0

 
1,201.4

 
1,216.4

Less: Billings to date
(1,202.0
)
 
(1,235.8
)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(19.4
)
These amounts are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 as shown below. Amounts for billed retainages and receivables to be collected in excess of one year are not significant for the periods presented.
 
2017
 
2016
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings(1)
$
28.8

 
$
33.9

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts(2)
(29.4
)
 
(53.3
)
Net billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(19.4
)
___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Reported as a component of “Accounts receivable, net.”
(2) 
Reported as a component of “Accrued expenses.”
Research and Development Costs — We expense research and development costs as incurred. We charge costs incurred in the research and development of new software included in products to expense until technological feasibility is established. After technological feasibility is established, additional eligible costs are capitalized until the product is

60



available for general release. We amortize these costs over the economic lives of the related products and include the amortization in cost of products sold. We perform periodic reviews of the recoverability of these capitalized software costs. At the time we determine that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, we write off any unrecoverable capitalized amounts. Capitalized software, net of amortization, totaled $8.3 and $10.5 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capitalized software amortization expense totaled $2.4, $1.2 and $0.2 for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We expensed research activities relating to the development and improvement of our products of $23.3, $29.1 and $28.6 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. We use the straight-line method for computing depreciation expense over the useful lives of PP&E, which do not exceed 40 years for buildings and range from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense, including amortization of capital leases, was $22.2, $22.5 and $31.8 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related asset or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Interest is capitalized on significant construction or installation projects. No interest was capitalized during 2017, 2016 or 2015.
Pension and Postretirement — We recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses in earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required, as a component of net periodic benefit expense and, accordingly, recognize the effects of plan investment performance, interest rate changes, and changes in actuarial assumptions as a component of earnings in the year in which they occur. The remaining components of pension/postretirement expense, primarily service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded on a quarterly basis.
Income Taxes — We account for our income taxes based on the requirements of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, which includes an estimate of the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates and judgments used.
Derivative Financial Instruments — We use foreign currency forward contracts to manage our exposures to fluctuating currency exchange rates, forward contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials (“commodity contracts”) and interest rate protection agreements to manage our exposures to fluctuating interest rate risk on variable rate debt. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. For derivatives designated as hedges of the fair value of assets or liabilities, the changes in fair values of both the derivatives and the hedged items are recorded in current earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the derivatives is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and subsequently recognized in earnings when the hedged items impact earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges, and the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, are recorded in current earnings. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
For those transactions that are designated as cash flow hedges, on the date the derivative contract is entered into, we document our hedge relationship, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. We also assess, both at inception and quarterly thereafter, whether such derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item. See Notes 12 and 14 for further information.
Cash flows from hedging activities are included in the same category as the items being hedged, which are primarily operating activities.

61



(2)    Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues (e.g., our percentage-of-completion estimates described above) and expenses during the reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on experience, current and expected future conditions, third-party evaluations and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Actual results may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.
Listed below are certain significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Certain other estimates and assumptions are further explained in the related notes.
Accounts Receivable Allowances — We provide allowances for estimated losses on uncollectible accounts based on our historical experience and the evaluation of the likelihood of success in collecting specific customer receivables. In addition, we maintain allowances for customer returns, discounts and invoice pricing discrepancies, with such allowances primarily based on historical experience. Summarized below is the activity for these allowance accounts.
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Balance at beginning of year
$
10.1

 
$
9.1

 
$
12.9

Allowances provided
13.2

 
15.7

 
14.0

Write-offs, net of recoveries, credits issued and other
(13.1
)
 
(14.7
)
 
(17.8
)
Balance at end of year
$
10.2

 
$
10.1

 
$
9.1

Inventory — We estimate losses for excess and/or obsolete inventory and the net realizable value of inventory based on the aging and historical utilization of the inventory and the evaluation of the likelihood of recovering the inventory costs based on anticipated demand and selling price.
Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization — We continually review whether events and circumstances subsequent to the acquisition of any long-lived assets, or intangible assets subject to amortization, have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful lives of those assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance of those assets may not be fully recoverable. If events and circumstances indicate that the long-lived assets should be reviewed for possible impairment, we use projections to assess whether future cash flows on an undiscounted basis related to the assets are likely to exceed the related carrying amount. We will record an impairment charge to the extent that the carrying value of the assets exceed their fair values as determined by valuation techniques appropriate in the circumstances, which could include the use of similar projections on a discounted basis.
In determining the estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangibles, we consider the nature, competitive position, life cycle position, and historical and expected future operating cash flows of each acquired asset, as well as our commitment to support these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets — We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually during the fourth quarter and continually assess whether a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value. The fair value of reporting units is based generally on discounted projected cash flows, but we also consider factors such as comparable industry price multiples. We employ cash flow projections that we believe to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition, such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations, as well as estimates associated with cost reduction initiatives, capacity utilization and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Accrued Expenses — We make estimates and judgments in establishing accruals as required under GAAP. Summarized in the table below are the components of accrued expenses at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

62



 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Employee benefits
$
68.9

 
$
69.3

Unearned revenue(1)
100.1

 
117.8

Warranty
13.8

 
15.6

Other(2)
109.8

 
101.6

Total
$
292.6

 
$
304.3

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Unearned revenue includes billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition, customer deposits and unearned amounts on service contracts.
(2) 
Other consists of various items including, among other items, accrued legal costs, interest and restructuring costs, none of which is individually material.
Legal — It is our policy to accrue for estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization of the losses probable and they can be reasonably estimated. We do not discount legal obligations or reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries.
Environmental Remediation Costs — We expense costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless they extend the economic useful lives of related assets. We record liabilities when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. We generally do not discount environmental obligations or reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries.
Risk Management Matters — We are subject to claims associated with risk management matters (e.g., product liability, predominately associated with alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials, general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). The liabilities we record for these claims are based on a number of assumptions, including historical claims and payment experience and, with respect to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates of the future period during which additional claims are reasonably foreseeable. We also have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability matters. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will be entitled to recover under agreements we have with insurance companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries are based on a number of assumptions, including the continued solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. In addition, we are self-insured for certain of our workers’ compensation, automobile, product, general liability, disability and health costs, and we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liabilities. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts; however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. The key assumptions considered in estimating the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and the estimated costs associated with incurred but not yet reported claims include, among other factors, our historical and industry claims experience, trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, and historical lag studies with regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred and reported. See Note 13 for additional details.
Warranty — In the normal course of business, we issue product warranties for specific products and provide for the estimated future warranty cost in the period in which the sale is recorded. We provide for the estimate of warranty cost based on contract terms and historical warranty loss experience that is periodically adjusted for recent actual experience. Because warranty estimates are forecasts that are based on the best available information, claims costs may differ from amounts provided. In addition, due to the seasonal fluctuations at certain of our businesses, the timing of warranty provisions and the usage of warranty accruals can vary period to period. We make adjustments to initial obligations for warranties as changes in the obligations become reasonably estimable. The following is an analysis of our product warranty accrual for the periods presented:

63



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Balance at beginning of year
$
35.8

 
$
36.3

 
$
34.5

Provisions
13.0

 
15.2

 
18.1

Usage
(15.4
)
 
(15.5
)
 
(16.0
)
Currency translation adjustment
0.5

 
(0.2
)
 
(0.3
)
Balance at end of year
33.9

 
35.8

 
36.3

Less: Current portion of warranty
13.8

 
15.6

 
17.0

Non-current portion of warranty
$
20.1

 
$
20.2

 
$
19.3

__________________________________________________________________
        Income Taxes — We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain tax positions in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are classified as “Income taxes payable” and “Deferred and other income taxes” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on an expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolutions occur, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority, assuming such authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. These reviews also entail analyzing the realization of deferred tax assets. When we believe that it is more likely than not that we will not realize a benefit for a deferred tax asset based on all available evidence, we establish a valuation allowance.
        Employee Benefit Plans — Defined benefit plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. As discussed in Note 1, we recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans in earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required, as a component of net periodic benefit expense. The remaining components of pension/postretirement expense, primarily service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded on a quarterly basis. See Note 9 for further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits.
We derive pension expense from an actuarial calculation based on the defined benefit plans’ provisions and our assumptions regarding discount rate and rate of increase in compensation levels. We determine the discount rate for our more significant U.S. plans by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of long-term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date. For our other plans, we determine the discount rate based on representative bond indices. The rate of increase in compensation levels is established based on our expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. We also consult with independent actuaries in determining these assumptions.
Parent Guarantees and Bonds Associated with Balcke Dürr — As further discussed in Note 4, in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr, we remain contingently obligated under existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds which totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 76.1 and Euro 47.9, respectively, at December 31, 2017). We have accounted for our contingent obligation in accordance with the Guarantees Topic of the Codification, which required that we record a liability for the estimated fair value of the parent company guarantees and the bonds in connection with the accounting for the sale of Balcke Dürr. We estimated the fair value of the parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds considering the probability of default by Balcke Dürr and an estimate of the amount we would be obligated to pay in the event of a default. As also discussed in Note 4, under the related purchase agreement, Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral and mutares AG provided a partial guarantee in the event any of the parent company guarantees or bonds are called. We recorded an asset for the estimated fair value of the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the partial guarantee provided by mutares AG, with the estimated fair values based on the terms and conditions and relative risk associated with each of these securities. By way of an offset to “Other expense, net,” we are reducing the liability and amortizing the asset, with the reduction of the liability generally to occur upon return of the guarantee or bond which is expected to occur at the earlier of the completion of the related underlying project milestones or the expiration of the guarantees or bonds, and the amortization of the asset to occur based on the expiration terms of each of the securities. We will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the recorded liability and will record an adjustment to the liability if we conclude that it is probable that we will be required to fund an amount greater than what is recorded. See Note 15 for further information regarding the estimated fair values of the parent company guarantees and bonds, as well as the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the partial guarantee provided by mutares AG.

64



(3)    New Accounting Pronouncements
The following is a summary of new accounting pronouncements that apply or may apply to our business.
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new standard on revenue recognition that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The new standard contains a five-step approach that entities will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized, including (i) identifying the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. The new standard requires a number of disclosures intended to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue, and the related cash flows. The disclosures include qualitative and quantitative information about contracts with customers, significant judgments made in applying the revenue guidance, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. The standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and we plan to adopt the standard using the modified retrospective transition method. The modified retrospective transition approach will recognize any changes from the beginning of the year of initial application through retained earnings with no restatement of comparative periods. The more significant effects on our existing accounting policies will be associated with our power transformer business. Under the new standard, revenue for our power transformers will be recognized over time, which is a change from our current accounting policy of recognizing revenue for power transformers at a point in time. We have yet to finalize our analysis of the initial impact of adopting the new standard, but currently estimate that the adoption will result in a decrease to our retained deficit, as of January 1, 2018, of less than $6.0. We do not believe the adoption will have a material impact on our future results of operations.
In February 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance that requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by long-term leases. In addition, this amendment requires new qualitative and quantitative disclosures about leasing arrangements. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018 for public business entities, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, and adoption must be applied on a modified retrospective basis. We are currently evaluating the effect this new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance that simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee shared-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. The standard requires that all excess tax benefits and deficiencies previously recorded in “equity” be prospectively recorded to the statement of operations within the income tax (provision) benefit. These excess tax benefits and deficiencies are primarily driven by fluctuations in our stock price between the date a share-based award is granted and the date the award vests. As such, under this standard we could experience volatility in our income tax (provision) benefit and effective income tax rate. The standard also requires excess tax benefits or deficiencies be presented as an operating activity within the statement of cash flows rather than as a financing activity. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017. As such, we recognized income tax benefits of $0.6 in our 2017 consolidated statement of operations and classified such amount within operating activities of our 2017 consolidated statement of cash flows. Lastly, we elected to continue estimating stock-based compensation award forfeitures in determining the amount of compensation expense to be recognized each period.

In August 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented in the statement of cash flows. This amendment provides clarification on eight specific cash flow presentation issues. The issues include, but are not limited to, debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, and cash receipts from payments on beneficial interests in securitization transactions. This amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt the standard, effective January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by removing the second step of the two-step impairment test. The amendment requires that an entity recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. This amendment is effective

65



for annual reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2019, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The impact of this amendment on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the results of future goodwill impairment tests.

In March 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to revise the presentation of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost. The amendment requires the service cost component to be presented separately from the other components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost. Service cost will be presented with other employee compensation costs within operating income. The other components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost, such as interest cost, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost/credits, and gains or losses, are required to be separately presented outside of operating income. This amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual periods. The amendment to the presentation in the income statement of the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost shall be applied retrospectively. We will adopt the standard, effective January 1, 2018. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 9 for details of our pension and postretirement expense.

In August 2017, the FASB issued significant amendments to hedge accounting. The FASB’s new guidance will make more financial and nonfinancial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amends the presentation and disclosure requirements and changes how companies assess effectiveness. It is intended to more closely align hedge accounting with companies’ risk management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and increase transparency as to the scope and results of hedging programs. The amendments can be adopted immediately in any interim or annual period (including the current period). The mandatory effective date for calendar year-end public companies is January 1, 2019. We are currently evaluating the effect this amendment will have on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB amended its guidance for reporting comprehensive income to reflect the potential impacts of the reduction in the corporate tax rate resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendment gives the option of reclassifying the stranded tax effects within AOCI to retained earnings during the fiscal year or quarter in which the effect of the lower tax rate is recorded. The amendment is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We expect to adopt this amendment as of January 1, 2018, with the impact not expected to be material to our retained deficit.
(4)    Discontinued Operations and Other Dispositions
Sale of Balcke Dürr Business
As indicated in Note 1, on December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr for cash proceeds of less than $0.1. In addition, we left $21.1 of cash in Balcke Dürr at the time of the sale and provided the Buyer with a non-interest bearing loan of $9.1, payable in installments due at the end of 2018 and 2019. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net loss of $78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” during the fourth quarter of 2016.
The purchase agreement provides that existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds, which totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 76.1 and Euro 47.9, respectively, at December 31, 2017), will remain in place through each instrument’s expiration date, with such expiration dates occurring through 2022. Balcke Dürr and the Buyer have provided us a full indemnity in the event that any of these guarantees or bonds are called. Also, at the time of sale, Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral of Euro 4.0 and mutares AG provided a guarantee of Euro 5.0 as a security for the above indemnifications (Euro 4.0 and Euro 3.0, respectively, at December 31, 2017).  The net loss recorded at the time of the sale of $78.6 includes a charge of $5.1 associated with the estimated fair value of the guarantees and bonds, after consideration of the indemnifications provided in the event any of the guarantees or bonds are called. See Note 15 for further details regarding the estimated fair value of these guarantees and bonds.
The final sales price for Balcke Dürr is subject to adjustment based on cash and working capital existing at the closing date and is subject to agreement with the Buyer. Final agreement of the cash and working capital amounts with the Buyer has yet to occur. Accordingly, it is possible that the sales price and resulting loss for this divestiture may be materially adjusted in subsequent periods.

66



As indicated in Note 1, the results of Balcke Dürr are presented as a discontinued operation within the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax loss and after-tax loss of Balcke Dürr for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are shown below:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Revenues
$
153.4

 
$
160.3

Costs and expenses:
 
 
 
Costs of products sold
144.2

 
143.8

Selling, general and administrative
31.4

 
37.9

Impairment of goodwill

 
13.7

Special charges (credits), net
(1.3
)
 
12.7

Other expense
(0.2
)
 
(0.9
)
Loss before taxes
(21.1
)
 
(48.7
)
Income tax benefit
4.5

 
9.1

Loss from discontinued operations
$
(16.6
)
 
$
(39.6
)
The following table presents selected financial information for Balcke Dürr that is included within discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
Non-cash items included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
2.0


$
2.2

Impairment of goodwill


13.7

Capital expenditures
0.7


1.9

During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of an additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities retained in connection with the sale and certain other adjustments.
Spin-Off of SPX FLOW
As indicated in Note 1, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW on September 26, 2015. The results of SPX FLOW are presented as a discontinued operation within the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax income and after-tax income of SPX FLOW for the year ended December 31, 2015 (1) are shown below:
Revenues
$
1,775.1

Costs and expenses:


Costs of products sold
1,179.3

Selling, general and administrative (2)
368.2

Intangible amortization
17.7

Impairment of intangible assets
15.0

Special charges
41.2

Other income, net
1.3

Interest expense, net
(32.6
)
Income before taxes
122.4

Income tax provision
(43.0
)
Income from discontinued operations
79.4

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
(0.9
)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to common shareholders
$
80.3

(1) 
Represents financial results for SPX FLOW through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015), except for a revision to increase the income tax provision by $1.4 that was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2015.

67



(2) 
Includes $30.8 of professional fees and other costs that were incurred in connection with the Spin-Off.
The following table presents selected financial information for SPX FLOW that is included within discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015(1):
Non-cash items included in income from discontinued operations, net of tax
 
Depreciation and amortization
$
44.3

Impairment of intangible assets
15.0

Capital expenditures
43.1

(1) 
Represents financial results for SPX FLOW through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015).
In connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into definitive agreements with SPX FLOW that, among other matters, set forth the terms and conditions of the Spin-Off and provide a framework for our relationship with SPX FLOW after the Spin-Off, including the following:
Separation and Distribution Agreement;
Tax Matters Agreement;
Employee Matters Agreement; and
Trademark License Agreement.
Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement and the Tax Matters Agreement, SPX FLOW has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we have agreed to indemnify SPX FLOW for certain liabilities, in each case for uncapped amounts. As of December 31, 2017, no indemnification claims have been initiated.
The financial activity governed by these agreements between SPX FLOW and us was not material to our consolidated financial results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
We also entered into a five-year agreement with SPX FLOW to lease office space for our corporate headquarters. Annual lease costs associated with the agreement are $2.1.
Other Discontinued Operations Activity
In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net losses of $1.5, $2.7 and $5.2 during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on dispositions of businesses discontinued prior to 2015.
Changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may occur. As a result, it is possible that the resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted in subsequent periods.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued operations were as follows:

68



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015 (1)
Balcke Dürr
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations
$
(2.6
)
 
$
(107.0
)
 
$
(48.7
)
Income tax benefit
9.4

 
11.8

 
9.1

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
6.8

 
(95.2
)
 
(39.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPX FLOW
 
 
 
 
 
Income from discontinued operations

 

 
122.4

Income tax provision

 

 
(43.0
)
Income from discontinued operations, net

 

 
79.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
All other
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from discontinued operations
(4.0
)
 
(3.7
)
 
(8.6
)
Income tax benefit
2.5

 
1.0

 
3.4

Loss from discontinued operations, net
(1.5
)
 
(2.7
)
 
(5.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(6.6
)
 
(110.7
)
 
65.1

Income tax (provision) benefit
11.9

 
12.8

 
(30.5
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
$
5.3

 
$
(97.9
)
 
$
34.6

(1) 
For SPX FLOW, represents financial results through the date of Spin-Off (i.e., the nine months ended September 26, 2015), except for a revision to increase the income tax provision by $1.4 that was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2015.
Other Dispositions
As indicated in Note 1, on March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business for cash proceeds of $47.6 (net of cash transferred with the business of $3.0). In connection with the sale, we recorded a gain of $18.4. The gain includes a reclassification from “Equity” of other comprehensive income of $40.4 related to foreign currency translation.
(5)    Information on Reportable Segments
We are a global supplier of highly specialized, engineered solutions with operations in approximately 15 countries and sales in over 100 countries around the world.
We have aggregated our operating segments into the following three reportable segments: HVAC, Detection and Measurement, and Engineered Solutions. The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of products sold or services provided, production processes, types of customers, distribution methods, and regulatory environment. In determining our segments, we apply the threshold criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Codification. Operating income or loss for each of our segments is determined before considering impairment and special charges, pension and postretirement expense/income, long-term incentive compensation and other indirect corporate expenses. This is consistent with the way our CODM evaluates the results of each segment.
HVAC Reportable Segment
Our HVAC reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services cooling products for the HVAC and industrial markets, as well as boilers, comfort heating and ventilation products for the residential and commercial markets. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers, independent manufacturing representatives, third-party distributors, and retailers. The segment serves a customer base in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific.
Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment
Our Detection and Measurement reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures and installs underground pipe and cable locators and inspection equipment, bus fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party

69



distributors. The segment serves a global customer base, with a strong presence in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.
Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment
Our Engineered Solutions reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services transformers for the power transmission and distribution market and process cooling equipment and heat exchangers for the industrial and power generation markets. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party representatives. The segment has a strong presence in North America and South Africa.
Corporate Expense
Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters, our former Asia Pacific center in Shanghai, China, which was part of the Spin-Off, and costs that were previously allocated to the FLOW Business and that do not meet the requirements to be presented within discontinued operations.
Financial data for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
2017

2016

2015
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
HVAC segment
$
511.0

 
$
509.5

 
$
529.1

Detection and Measurement segment
260.3

 
226.4

 
232.3

Engineered Solutions segment (1)
654.5

 
736.4

 
797.6

     Consolidated revenues
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

Income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
HVAC segment
$
74.1

 
$
80.2

 
$
80.2

Detection and Measurement segment
63.4

 
45.3

 
46.0

Engineered Solutions segment (1)(3)
(12.6
)
 
17.3

 
(87.4
)
    Total income for segments
124.9

 
142.8

 
38.8

Corporate expense
46.2

 
41.7

 
103.4

Pension and postretirement expense
5.4

 
15.4

 
18.6

Long-term incentive compensation expense
15.8

 
13.7

 
33.9

Impairment of intangible assets

 
30.1

 

Special charges, net
2.7

 
5.3

 
5.1

Gain on sale of dry cooling business

 
18.4

 

Consolidated operating income (loss)
$
54.8

 
$
55.0

 
$
(122.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
HVAC segment
$
2.2

 
$
1.9

 
$
2.3

Detection and Measurement segment
0.8

 
0.7

 
1.2

Engineered Solutions segment
6.1

 
6.5

 
8.1

General corporate
1.9

 
2.6

 
4.4

Total capital expenditures
$
11.0

 
$
11.7

 
$
16.0

Depreciation and amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
HVAC segment
$
5.5

 
$
5.3

 
$
4.6

Detection and Measurement segment
4.1

 
3.5

 
2.8

Engineered Solutions segment
12.5

 
15.2

 
20.7

General corporate
3.1

 
2.5

 
8.9

Total depreciation and amortization
$
25.2

 
$
26.5

 
$
37.0

 
 
 
 
 
 

70



 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Identifiable assets:
 
 
 
 
 
HVAC segment
$
747.1

 
$
710.1

 
$
623.0

Detection and Measurement segment
277.8

 
244.2

 
256.5

Engineered Solutions segment
557.8

 
567.6

 
808.6

General corporate
457.7

 
390.6

 
371.2

Discontinued operations

 

 
120.0

Total identifiable assets
$
2,040.4

 
$
1,912.5

 
$
2,179.3

Geographic Areas:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues: (2)
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
1,243.3

 
$
1,235.2

 
$
1,255.4

China
28.0

 
33.5

 
83.6

South Africa (1)
56.9

 
105.4

 
54.2

United Kingdom
60.8

 
59.1

 
69.6

Other
36.8

 
39.1

 
96.2

 
$
1,425.8

 
$
1,472.3

 
$
1,559.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible Long-Lived Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
919.6

 
$
897.0

 
$
835.9

Other
24.8

 
29.6

 
40.4

Long-lived assets of continuing operations
944.4

 
926.6

 
876.3

Long-lived assets of discontinued operations

 

 
35.8

Total tangible long-lived assets
$
944.4

 
$
926.6

 
$
912.1

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
As further discussed in Note 13, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we made revisions to our estimates of expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. As a result of these revisions, we reduced 2017 revenues by $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4 during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively) and 2017 segment income by $52.8 ($22.9 and $29.9 in the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively). During the third quarter of 2015, we also made revisions to our estimates of expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa. As a result of these revisions, we reduced revenue and segment income by $57.2 and $95.0, respectively, during the third quarter of 2015.
(2) 
Revenues are included in the above geographic areas based on the country that recorded the customer revenue.
(3) 
During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately canceled by a customer for cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration. In connection with the settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2 during the quarter within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment.
(6)    Special Charges, Net
As part of our business strategy, we periodically right-size and consolidate operations to improve long-term results. Additionally, from time to time, we alter our business model to better serve customer demand, discontinue lower-margin product lines and rationalize and consolidate manufacturing capacity. Our restructuring and integration decisions are based, in part, on discounted cash flows and are designed to achieve our goals of reducing structural footprint and maximizing profitability. As a result of our strategic review process, we recorded net special charges of $2.7 in 2017, $5.3 in 2016 and $5.1 in 2015. These net special charges were primarily related to restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing and sales facilities, reduce workforce, and rationalize certain product lines.
The components of the charges have been computed based on actual cash payouts, including severance and other employee benefits based on existing severance policies, local laws, and other estimated exit costs, and our estimate of the realizable value of the affected tangible and intangible assets.
Impairments of long-lived assets, including amortizable intangibles, which represent non-cash asset write-downs, typically arise from business restructuring decisions that lead to the disposition of assets no longer required in the restructured business. For these situations, we recognize a loss when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Fair values for assets subject to impairment testing are determined primarily by management, taking into consideration various factors including third-party appraisals, quoted market prices and previous experience. If an asset remains in service

71



at the decision date, the asset is written down to its fair value and the resulting net book value is depreciated over its remaining economic useful life. When we commit to a plan to sell an asset, including the initiation of a plan to locate a buyer, and it is probable that the asset will be sold within one year based on its current condition and sales price, depreciation of the asset is discontinued and the asset is classified as an asset held for sale. The asset is written down to its fair value less any selling costs.
Liabilities for exit costs, including, among other things, severance, other employee benefit costs, and operating lease obligations on idle facilities, are measured initially at their fair value and recorded when incurred.
We anticipate that the liabilities related to restructuring actions will be paid within one year from the period in which the action was initiated.
Special charges for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are described in more detail below and in the applicable sections that follow:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Employee termination costs
$
2.5

 
$
1.7

 
$
4.5

Facility consolidation costs

 

 
0.2

Other cash costs, net
0.2

 

 
0.1

Non-cash asset write-downs

 
3.6

 
0.3

Total
$
2.7

 
$
5.3

 
$
5.1

2017 Charges:
 
Employee
Termination
Costs
 
Facility
Consolidation
Costs
 
Other
Cash Costs,
Net
 
Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
 
Total
Special
Charges
HVAC segment
$
0.4

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.4

Detection and Measurement segment
0.3

 

 

 

 
0.3

Engineered Solutions segment
1.7

 

 
0.2

 

 
1.9

Corporate
0.1

 

 

 

 
0.1

Total
$
2.5

 
$

 
$
0.2

 
$

 
$
2.7


HVAC Segment — Charges for 2017 related primarily to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at the segment’s Cooling Americas’ business. These actions resulted in the termination of 12 employees.
Detection and Measurement Segment — Charges for 2017 related to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at the segment’s communication technologies business. The action resulted in the termination of 8 employees.
Engineered Solutions Segment — Charges for 2017 related primarily to severance costs associated with restructuring actions at the segment’s process cooling and South African businesses. These actions resulted in the termination of 111 employees.
Corporate — Charges for 2017 related to severance costs incurred in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr. These actions resulted in the termination of 4 employees.

72



2016 Charges:
 
Employee
Termination
Costs
 
Facility
Consolidation
Costs
 
Other
Cash Costs, Net
 
Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
 
Total
Special
Charges
HVAC segment
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Detection and Measurement segment
0.5

 

 

 
0.3

 
0.8

Engineered Solutions segment
1.2

 

 

 
3.3

 
4.5

Corporate

 

 

 

 

Total
$
1.7

 
$

 
$

 
$
3.6

 
$
5.3

Detection and Measurement Segment — Charges for 2016 related to severance and other costs associated with our bus fare collection business. These actions resulted in the termination of 19 employees.
Engineered Solutions Segment — Charges for 2016 related primarily to costs incurred in connection with restructuring actions at our SPX Heat Transfer (“Heat Transfer”) business in order to reduce the cost base of the business in response to reduced demand. The cost incurred for the Heat Transfer business restructuring actions included asset impairment charges of $3.3 associated with the discontinuance of a product line and outsourcing initiatives, as well as severance costs. These restructuring activities resulted in the termination of 97 employees.
2015 Charges:
 
Employee
Termination
Costs
 
Facility
Consolidation
Costs
 
Other
Cash Costs, Net
 
Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs
 
Total
Special
Charges
HVAC segment
$
0.9

 
$
0.1

 
$
(0.2
)
 
$
0.3

 
$
1.1

Detection and Measurement segment
0.9

 

 

 

 
0.9

Engineered Solutions segment
1.6

 
0.1

 
0.3

 

 
2.0

Corporate
1.1

 

 

 

 
1.1

Total
$
4.5

 
$
0.2

 
$
0.1

 
$
0.3

 
$
5.1

HVAC Segment — Charges for 2015 related primarily to severance and other costs associated with facility consolidation efforts in Asia Pacific. These actions resulted in the termination of 44 employees.
Detection and Measurement Segment — Charges for 2015 related to severance costs associated with restructuring initiatives at the segment’s specialty lighting and bus fare collection businesses. These actions resulted in the termination of 21 employees.
Engineered Solutions Segment — Charges for 2015 related primarily to severance and other costs associated with restructuring actions at the segment’s dry cooling business. These actions resulted in the termination of 134 employees.
Corporate — Charges for 2015 related to severance costs incurred in connection with the Spin-Off.
The following is an analysis of our restructuring liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Balance at beginning of year
$
0.9

 
$
1.6

 
$
1.7

Special charges(1)
2.7

 
1.7

 
4.8

Utilization — cash
(3.0
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(5.1
)
Currency translation adjustment and other

 
(0.3
)
 
0.2

Balance at the end of year
$
0.6

 
$
0.9

 
$
1.6

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
The years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 excluded $0.0, $3.6 and $0.3, respectively, of non-cash charges that impacted special charges but not the restructuring liabilities.

73



(7)    Inventories, Net
Inventories at December 31, 2017 and 2016 comprised the following:
 
December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Finished goods
$
33.0

 
$
43.0

Work in process
56.0

 
50.0

Raw materials and purchased parts
66.4

 
64.9

Total FIFO cost
155.4

 
157.9

Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO inventory value
(12.4
)
 
(12.2
)
Total inventories
$
143.0

 
$
145.7

Inventories include material, labor and factory overhead costs and are reduced, when necessary, to estimated net realizable values. Certain domestic inventories are valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. These inventories were approximately 56% and 51% of total inventory at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.
(8)    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, for the year ended December 31, 2017, were as follows:
 
December 31,
2016
 
Impairments
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
 
December 31,
2017
HVAC segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
$
258.5

 
$

 
$
5.2

 
$
263.7

Accumulated impairments
(144.2
)
 

 
(0.5
)
 
(144.7
)
Goodwill
114.3

 

 
4.7

 
119.0

Detection and Measurement segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
214.4

 

 
2.2

 
216.6

Accumulated impairments
(134.2
)
 

 
(1.8
)
 
(136.0
)
Goodwill
80.2

 

 
0.4

 
80.6

Engineered Solutions segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
351.4

 

 
6.9

 
358.3

Accumulated impairments
(205.5
)
 

 
(6.5
)
 
(212.0
)
Goodwill
145.9

 

 
0.4

 
146.3

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
824.3

 

 
14.3

 
838.6

Accumulated impairments
(483.9
)
 

 
(8.8
)
 
(492.7
)
Goodwill
$
340.4

 
$

 
$
5.5

 
$
345.9


74



The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, for the year ended December 31, 2016, were as follows:
 
December 31,
2015
 
Disposition of Business (1)
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
 
December 31,
2016
HVAC segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
$
261.3

 
$

 
$
(2.8
)
 
$
258.5

Accumulated impairments
(145.2
)
 

 
1.0

 
(144.2
)
Goodwill
116.1

 

 
(1.8
)
 
114.3

Detection and Measurement segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
219.1

 

 
(4.7
)
 
214.4

Accumulated impairments
(138.0
)
 

 
3.8

 
(134.2
)
Goodwill
81.1

 

 
(0.9
)
 
80.2

Engineered Solutions segment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
391.6

 
(36.1
)
 
(4.1
)
 
351.4

Accumulated impairments
(235.3
)
 
25.9

 
3.9

 
(205.5
)
Goodwill
156.3

 
(10.2
)
 
(0.2
)
 
145.9

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross goodwill
872.0

 
(36.1
)
 
(11.6
)
 
824.3

Accumulated impairments
(518.5
)
 
25.9

 
8.7

 
(483.9
)
Goodwill
$
353.5

 
$
(10.2
)
 
$
(2.9
)
 
$
340.4


(1) Represents goodwill allocated to our dry cooling business upon its disposition.
Identifiable intangible assets were as follows:
 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2016
 
Gross
Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Value
 
Gross
Carrying
Value
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Value
Intangible assets with determinable lives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer relationships
$
1.4

 
$
(1.4
)
 
$

 
$
1.4

 
$
(1.4
)
 
$

Technology
2.1

 
(0.5
)
 
1.6

 
2.1

 
(0.4
)
 
1.7

Patents
4.5

 
(4.5
)
 

 
4.5

 
(4.5
)
 

Other
11.7

 
(7.9
)
 
3.8

 
12.7

 
(7.4
)
 
5.3

 
19.7

 
(14.3
)
 
5.4

 
20.7

 
(13.7
)
 
7.0

Trademarks with indefinite lives (1)
112.2

 

 
112.2

 
110.9

 

 
110.9

Total 
$
131.9

 
$
(14.3
)
 
$
117.6

 
$
131.6

 
$
(13.7
)
 
$
117.9

(1) 
Changes in the gross carrying value during the year ended December 31, 2017 related to foreign currency translation.
Amortization expense was $0.6, $2.8 and $5.2 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Estimated amortization expense over each of the next five years is $0.6 related to these intangible assets.
At December 31, 2017, the net carrying value of intangible assets with determinable lives consisted of $3.8 in the HVAC segment and $1.6 in the Engineered Solutions segment. Trademarks with indefinite lives consisted of $89.5 in the HVAC segment, $10.3 in the Detection and Measurement segment, and $12.4 in the Engineered Solutions segment.
Consistent with the requirements of the Intangible — Goodwill and Other Topic of the Codification, the fair values of our reporting units generally are estimated using discounted cash flow projections that we believe to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable industry price multiples. Many of our reporting units closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal

75



methods of competition such as volume, price, service, product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost improvement initiatives, capacity utilization and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. Any significant change in market conditions and estimates or judgments used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate a reduction in carrying value may give rise to impairment in the period that the change becomes known.
We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter in conjunction with our annual financial planning process, with such testing based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of the third quarter. In addition, we test goodwill for impairment on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment. Based on our annual goodwill impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2017, we concluded that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units exceeds the carrying value of their respective net assets by over 100%.
We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment. The fair values of our trademarks are determined by applying estimated royalty rates to projected revenues, with the resulting cash flows discounted at a rate of return that reflects current market conditions. The basis for these projected revenues is the annual operating plan for each of the related businesses, which is prepared in the fourth quarter of each year.
During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $30.1 associated with Heat Transfer’s trademarks and definite-lived intangible assets. As of December 31, 2017, the carrying value of Heat Transfer’s intangible assets was $4.9.
(9)    Employee Benefit Plans
Overview — Defined benefit pension plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain employees in foreign countries. Beginning in 2001, we discontinued providing these pension benefits generally to newly hired employees. Effective January 31, 2018, we will no longer provide service credits to active participants.
We have domestic postretirement plans that provide health and life insurance benefits to certain retirees and their dependents. Beginning in 2003, we discontinued providing these postretirement benefits generally to newly hired employees.
The plan year-end date for all our plans is December 31.
Actuarial Gains and Losses - As indicated in Note 2, actuarial gains and losses related to our pension and postretirement plans are recorded to earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required. Below is a summary of transactions during the first three quarters of 2015, 2016 and 2017 that required remeasurement of our pension and postretirement plans.
On July 14, 2015, we amended the SPX U.S. Pension Plan (the “U.S. Plan”) and the Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan (“SIARP”) to freeze all benefits for active non-union participants. The amendment resulted in a curtailment gain of $5.1. In connection with the amendment, we remeasured the assets and liabilities of the U.S. Plan and the SIARP, which resulted in a charge to net periodic pension benefit expense of $11.4 during 2015.
In connection with the Spin-Off, participants in the U.S. Plan that were transferred to SPX FLOW became eligible to elect a lump-sum payment option in lieu of a future pension benefit under the U.S. Plan. During the second quarter of 2016, approximately 9%, or $25.2, of the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. Plan was settled as a result of lump-sum payments. In connection with these lump-sum payments, we remeasured the assets and liabilities of the U.S. Plan during the second quarter of 2016, which resulted in a charge to net periodic pension benefit expense of $1.0 during 2016.
During the second quarter of 2016, we made lump-sum payments to certain participants of the SIARP, settling approximately 22%, or $2.7, of the SIARP’s projected benefit obligation. In connection with these lump-sum payments, we remeasured the liabilities of the SIARP, which resulted in a charge to net periodic pension benefit expense of $0.8 during 2016.
In July 2014, we discontinued our sponsorship of post-65 age healthcare plans, effective January 1, 2015, which resulted in eligible retirees being transitioned to coverage in the individual healthcare insurance market that we subsidize through health reimbursement accounts. In November 2014, a lawsuit was filed challenging certain aspects of this action. In September 2017, we received a favorable ruling related to the lawsuit. During the third quarter of 2017, in connection with the favorable ruling, we reduced our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits by $26.8. The

76



offset for the reduction of the unfunded liability was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income and represents unrecognized prior service credits. These unrecognized prior service credits are being recorded to net periodic postretirement benefit (income) expense over a period of approximately eight years, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2017. In addition, we remeasured our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits, which resulted in a gain within net periodic postretirement benefit expense and a reduction of the unfunded liability of $2.6 during the third quarter of 2017.
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Plan assets — Our investment strategy is based on the long-term growth and protection of principle while mitigating overall risk to ensure that funds are available to pay benefit obligations. The domestic plan assets are invested in a broad range of investment classes, including fixed income securities and domestic and international equities. We engage various investment managers who are regularly evaluated on long-term performance, adherence to investment guidelines and the ability to manage risk commensurate with the investment style and objective for which they were hired. We continuously monitor the value of assets by class and routinely rebalance our portfolio with the goal of meeting our target allocations.
The strategy for bonds emphasizes investment-grade corporate and government debt with maturities matching a portion of the longer duration pension liabilities. The bonds strategy also includes a high yield element, which is generally shorter in duration. The strategy for equity assets is to minimize concentrations of risk by investing primarily in companies in a diversified mix of industries worldwide, while targeting neutrality in exposure to global versus regional markets, fund types and fund managers. A small portion of U.S. plan assets (Level 3 assets) is allocated to private equity partnerships and real estate asset fund investments for diversification, providing opportunities for above market returns.
Allowable investments under the plan agreements include fixed income securities, equity securities, mutual funds, venture capital funds, real estate and cash and equivalents. In addition, investments in futures and option contracts, commodities and other derivatives are allowed in commingled fund allocations managed by professional investment managers. Investments prohibited under the plan agreements include private placements and short selling of stock. No shares of our common stock were held by our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2017 or 2016.
Actual asset allocation percentages of each class of our domestic and foreign pension plan assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, along with the targeted asset investment allocation percentages, each of which is based on the midpoint of an allocation range, were as follows:
Domestic Pension Plans
 
Actual
Allocations
 
Mid-point of Target
Allocation Range
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
Fixed income common trust funds
70
%
 
44
%
 
65
%
Commingled global fund allocation
12
%
 
19
%
 
18
%
Corporate bonds
1
%
 
11
%
 
%
Global equity common trust funds
7
%
 
12
%
 
5
%
U.S. Government securities
9
%
 
12
%
 
10
%
Short-term investments (1)
1
%
 
2
%
 
2
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
___________________________________________________________________

(1) 
Short-term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.

77



Foreign Pension Plans
 
Actual
Allocations
 
Mid-point of Target
Allocation Range
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
Global equity common trust funds
17
%
 
16
%
 
14
%
Global equities
%
 
8
%
 
%
Fixed income common trust funds
46
%
 
30
%
 
39
%
Commingled global fund allocation
34
%
 
20
%
 
36
%
Non-U.S. Government securities
%
 
24
%
 
7
%
Short-term investments (1)
3
%
 
2
%
 
4
%
Total
100
%
 
100
%
 
100
%
___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Short-term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.
The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2017, by asset class, were as follows:
 
Total
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Asset class:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income common trust funds (1) (2)
$
270.2

 
$

 
$
270.2

 
$

Corporate bonds
1.6

 

 
1.6

 

Non-U.S. Government securities

 

 

 

U.S. Government securities
25.2

 

 
25.2

 

Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global equity common trust funds (1) (3)
50.6

 

 
50.6

 

Global equities:

 

 

 

Alternative investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commingled global fund allocations (1) (4)
95.1

 

 
95.1

 

Other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term investments (5)
9.4

 
9.4

 

 

Other
1.0

 

 

 
1.0

Total
$
453.1

 
$
9.4

 
$
442.7

 
$
1.0


78



The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2016, by asset class, were as follows:
 
Total
 
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
 
Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Asset class:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed income common trust funds (1) (2)
$
163.1

 
$

 
$
163.1

 
$

Corporate bonds
29.1

 

 
29.1

 

Non-U.S. Government securities
39.0

 

 
39.0

 

U.S. Government securities
31.1

 

 
31.1

 

Equity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global equity common trust funds (1) (3)
57.6

 

 
57.6

 

Global equities:
13.2

 

 
13.2

 

Alternative investments:
 
 
 
 


 


Commingled global fund allocations (1) (4)
80.6

 

 
80.6

 

Other:
 
 
 
 


 


Short-term investments (5)
10.5

 
10.5

 

 

Other
1.0

 

 

 
1.0

Total
$
425.2

 
$
10.5

 
$
413.7

 
$
1.0

(1) 
Common/commingled trust funds are similar to mutual funds, with a daily net asset value per share measured by the fund sponsor and used as the basis for current transactions. These investments, however, are not registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and participation is not open to the public. The funds are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date.
(2) 
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds that invest in a variety of fixed income investments, which may include corporate bonds, both U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest rate swaps, options and futures.
(3) 
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds that invest primarily in equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures.
(4) 
This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds with investments in both equity and debt securities. The investments may include common stock, corporate bonds, U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest rate swaps, options and futures.
(5) 
Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.
Our domestic pension plans participate in a securities lending program through J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association. Securities loaned are required to be fully collateralized by cash or other securities. The gross collateral and the related liability to return collateral amounted to $0.5 and $2.9 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and have been included within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy in the tables above.
The following table summarizes changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:

79



 
Global
Equity
Common
Trust
Funds
 
Commingled
Global Fund
Allocations
 
Fixed Income
Common Trust Funds
 
Other
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1.0

 
$
1.0

Transfer from Level 3 to Level 2 assets

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

 

 
1.0

 
1.0

Transfer from Level 3 to Level 2 assets

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1.0

 
$
1.0

Employer Contributions — We currently fund U.S. pension plans in amounts equal to the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts that may be approved from time to time. During 2017, we made no contributions to our qualified domestic pension plans, and direct benefit payments of $6.3 to our non-qualified domestic pension plans. In 2018, we do not expect to make any minimum required funding contributions to our qualified domestic pension plans and expect to make direct benefit payments of $6.0 to our non-qualified domestic pension plans.
In 2017, we made contributions of $3.4 to our foreign pension plans. In 2018, we expect to make contributions of $2.5 to our foreign pension plans.
Estimated Future Benefit Payments — Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2017, of the estimated future benefit payments for our pension plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for five fiscal years thereafter. Benefit payments are paid from plan assets or directly by us for our non-funded plans. The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used at December 31, 2017 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.
Estimated future benefit payments:
(Domestic and foreign pension plans)

 
Domestic
Pension
Benefits
 
Foreign
Pension
Benefits
2018
$
24.8

 
$
4.7

2019
22.6

 
5.5

2020
23.1

 
5.3

2021
23.3

 
5.5

2022
23.9

 
6.4

Subsequent five years
115.1

 
36.1

Obligations and Funded Status — The funded status of our pension plans is dependent upon many factors, including returns on invested assets and the level of market interest rates. Our non-funded pension plans account for $71.5 of the current underfunded status, as these plans are not required to be funded. The following tables show the domestic and foreign pension plans’ funded status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets:

80



 
Domestic Pension
Plans
 
Foreign Pension
Plans
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Change in projected benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligation — beginning of year
$
348.1

 
$
371.1

 
$
157.6

 
$
155.7

Divestiture of Balcke Dürr (1)






(6.7
)
Service cost
0.3

 
0.4

 

 

Interest cost
13.4

 
13.9

 
4.9

 
5.6

Actuarial losses
16.5

 
9.5

 
6.7

 
27.4

  Settlements (2)

 
(36.4
)
 

 

Curtailment losses
0.9

 

 

 

Benefits paid
(22.1
)
 
(10.4
)
 
(8.1
)
 
(6.4
)
Foreign exchange and other

 

 
14.1

 
(18.0
)
Projected benefit obligation — end of year
$
357.1

 
$
348.1

 
$
175.2

 
$
157.6

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Represents the transfer of Balcke Dürr’s pension liabilities as a result of the sale.
(2) 
Amount in 2016 includes settlement payments of $27.9 in connection with lump-sum payment actions for the U.S. Plan and the SIARP.
 
Domestic Pension
Plans
 
Foreign Pension
Plans
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year
$
261.9

 
$
279.2

 
$
163.3

 
$
163.5

Actual return on plan assets
23.6

 
19.5

 
10.6

 
25.6

Contributions (employer and employee)
6.3

 
10.0

 
3.4

 
0.5

Settlements

 
(36.4
)
 

 

Benefits paid
(22.1
)
 
(10.4
)
 
(8.7
)
 
(6.1
)
Foreign exchange and other

 

 
14.8

 
(20.2
)
Fair value of plan assets — end of year
$
269.7

 
$
261.9

 
$
183.4

 
$
163.3

Funded status at year-end
(87.4
)
 
(86.2
)
 
8.2

 
5.7

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
$

 
$

 
$
8.4

 
$
6.3

Accrued expenses
(5.9
)
 
(5.9
)
 

 

Other long-term liabilities
(81.5
)
 
(80.3
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.6
)
Net amount recognized
$
(87.4
)
 
$
(86.2
)
 
$
8.2

 
$
5.7

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) consists of — net prior service credits
$
(0.6
)
 
$
(0.7
)
 
$

 
$

The following is information about our pension plans that had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of their plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
Domestic Pension
Plans
 
Foreign Pension
Plans
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Projected benefit obligation
$
357.1

 
$
348.1

 
$
0.2

 
$
43.8

Accumulated benefit obligation
357.1

 
347.9

 
0.2

 
43.8

Fair value of plan assets
269.7

 
261.9

 

 
43.2

The accumulated benefit obligation for all domestic and foreign pension plans was $357.1 and $175.2, respectively, at December 31, 2017 and $347.9 and $157.6, respectively, at December 31, 2016.
Components of Net Periodic Pension Benefit Expense (Income) — Net periodic pension benefit expense (income) for our domestic and foreign pension plans included the following components:

81



Domestic Pension Plans
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Service cost
$
0.3

 
$
0.4

 
$
2.5

Interest cost
13.4

 
13.9

 
16.5

Expected return on plan assets
(10.1
)
 
(12.9
)
 
(18.0
)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits
(0.1
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(0.1
)
Recognized net actuarial losses (1)
3.9

 
3.2

 
18.9

Total net periodic pension benefit expense
$
7.4

 
$
4.4

 
$
19.8

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Consists primarily of our reported actuarial (gains) losses, the difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets, settlement gains (losses), and curtailment gains. The actuarial losses for 2016 included $1.8 related to the lump-sum payment actions that took place during the second quarter of the year. The actuarial losses for 2015 included a charge of $11.4 and a curtailment gain of $5.1 related to the freeze of all benefits for non-union participants of the U.S. Plan and the SIARP during the third quarter of the year.
Foreign Pension Plans
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Service cost
$

 
$

 
$
1.3

Interest cost
4.9

 
5.6

 
7.7

Expected return on plan assets
(6.4
)
 
(6.6
)
 
(9.7
)
Recognized net actuarial losses (1)
3.1

 
8.2

 
3.8

Total net periodic pension benefit expense
1.6

 
7.2

 
3.1

Less: Net periodic pension expense of discontinued operations

 
(0.2
)
 
(2.2
)
Net periodic pension benefit expense of continuing operations
$
1.6

 
$
7.0

 
$
0.9

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
Consists of our reported actuarial losses and the difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets.

82



Assumptions — Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic and foreign pension plans were as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Domestic Pension Plans
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic pension expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.98
%
 
4.06
%
 
4.09
%
Rate of increase in compensation levels
3.75
%
 
3.75
%
 
3.75
%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
4.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.75
%
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
3.57
%
 
3.98
%
 
4.24
%
Rate of increase in compensation levels
3.75
%
 
3.75
%
 
3.75
%
Foreign Pension Plans
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic pension expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
2.97
%
 
3.82
%
 
3.68
%
Rate of increase in compensation levels
N/A

 
N/A

 
4.00
%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
4.09
%
 
4.57
%
 
5.81
%
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end benefit obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
2.76
%
 
2.97
%
 
3.82
%
Rate of increase in compensation levels
N/A

 
N/A

 
4.00
%
We review the pension assumptions annually. Pension income or expense for the year is determined using assumptions as of the beginning of the year (except for the effects of recognizing changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses in the fourth quarter of each year), while the funded status is determined using assumptions as of the end of the year. We determined assumptions and established them at the respective balance sheet date using the following principles: (i) the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based on forward looking long-term expectations of asset returns over the expected period to fund participant benefits based on the target investment mix of our plans; (ii) the discount rate is determined by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows for each of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of long-term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date; and (iii) the rate of increase in compensation levels is established based on our expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. In addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.
Postretirement Benefit Plans
Employer Contributions and Future Benefit Payments — Our postretirement medical plans are unfunded and have no plan assets, but are instead funded by us on a pay-as-you-go basis in the form of direct benefit payments or policy premium payments. In 2017, we made benefit payments of $9.0 to our postretirement benefit plans. Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2017, of the estimated future benefit payments for our postretirement plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for five fiscal years thereafter. The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used at December 31, 2017 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.
 
Postretirement Payments
2018
$
8.9

2019
8.2

2020
7.5

2021
6.9

2022
6.3

Subsequent five years
23.9


83



Obligations and Funded Status — The following tables show the postretirement plans’ funded status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets:
 
Postretirement
Benefits
 
2017
 
2016
Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
 
 
 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation — beginning of year
$
115.3

 
$
120.8

Interest cost
3.5

 
4.2

Actuarial (gains) losses
(5.4
)
 
0.6

Benefits paid
(9.0
)
 
(10.3
)
Plan amendment
(26.8
)
 

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation — end of year
$
77.6

 
$
115.3

Funded status at year-end
$
(77.6
)
 
$
(115.3
)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
 
 
 
Accrued expenses
$
(8.7
)
 
$
(11.7
)
Other long-term liabilities
(68.9
)
 
(103.6
)
Net amount recognized
$
(77.6
)
 
$
(115.3
)
Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) consists of — net prior service credits
$
(31.0
)
 
$
(5.9
)
The net periodic postretirement benefit expense (income) included the following components:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Service cost
$

 
$

 
$
0.1

Interest cost
3.5

 
4.2

 
4.4

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits
(1.7
)
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.8
)
Plan amendment
(2.6
)
 

 
(1.8
)
Recognized net actuarial (gains) losses
(2.8
)
 
0.6

 
(4.0
)
Net periodic postretirement benefit expense (income)
$
(3.6
)
 
$
4.0

 
$
(2.1
)
Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic postretirement plans were as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Assumed health care cost trend rates:
 
 
 
 
 
Health care cost trend rate for next year
7.25
%
 
7.50
%
 
6.60
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
 
5.00
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
2027

 
2027

 
2024

Discount rate used in determining net periodic postretirement benefit expense
3.60
%
 
3.88
%
 
3.53
%
Discount rate used in determining year-end postretirement benefit obligation
3.34
%
 
3.69
%
 
3.88
%
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the terms and conditions of our various plans, together with relevant actuarial assumptions and health care cost trend rates. It is our policy to review the postretirement assumptions annually. The assumptions are determined by us and are established based on our prior experience and our expectations that future health care cost trend rates will decline. In addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.
Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement benefit plans. Including the effects of recognizing actuarial gains and losses into earnings, a one percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have increased our estimated 2017 postretirement expense by $1.4, and a one percentage point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have decreased our estimated 2017 postretirement expense by $1.6.

84



Defined Contribution Retirement Plans
We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan (the “DC Plan”) pursuant to Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. Under the DC Plan, eligible U.S. employees may voluntarily contribute up to 50% of their compensation into the DC Plan and we match a portion of participating employees’ contributions. Our matching contributions are primarily made in newly issued shares of company common stock and are issued at the prevailing market price. The matching contributions vest with the employee immediately upon the date of the match and there are no restrictions on the resale of common stock held by employees.
Under the DC Plan, we contributed 0.334, 0.605 and 0.434 shares of our common stock to employee accounts in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Compensation expense is recorded based on the market value of shares as the shares are contributed to employee accounts. We recorded $8.7 in 2017, $8.8 in 2016 and $10.2 in 2015 as compensation expense related to the matching contribution.
Certain collectively-bargained employees participate in the DC Plan with company contributions not being made in company common stock, although company common stock is offered as an investment option under these plans.
We also maintain a Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (“SRSP”), which permits certain members of our senior management and executive groups to defer eligible compensation in excess of the amounts allowed under the DC Plan. We match a portion of participating employees’ deferrals to the extent allowable under the SRSP provisions. The matching contributions vest with the participant immediately. Our funding of the participants’ deferrals and our matching contributions are held in certain mutual funds (as allowed under the SRSP), as directed by the participant. The fair values of these assets, which totaled $21.2 and $19.1 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1). In addition, the assets under the SRSP are available to the general creditors in the event of our bankruptcy and, thus, are maintained on our consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets, with a corresponding amount in other long-term liabilities for our obligation to the participants. Lastly, these assets are accounted for as trading securities. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recorded compensation expense of $0.2, $0.7 and $0.7, respectively, relating to our matching contributions to the SRSP.
(10)    Income Taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and the (provision for) benefit from income taxes consisted of the following:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Income (loss) from continuing operations:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
68.8

 
$
14.0

 
$
(14.2
)
Foreign
(32.7
)
 
25.4

 
(140.1
)
 
$
36.1

 
$
39.4

 
$
(154.3
)
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
30.4

 
$
(4.3
)
 
$
10.9

Foreign
(3.5
)
 
(4.8
)
 
(3.3
)
Total current
26.9

 
(9.1
)
 
7.6

Deferred and other:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
23.5

 
0.2

 
(10.7
)
Foreign
(2.5
)
 
(0.2
)
 
5.8

Total deferred and other
21.0

 

 
(4.9
)
Total (provision) benefit
$
47.9

 
$
(9.1
)
 
$
2.7

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective income tax rate was as follows:

85



 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit
4.4
 %
 
5.0
 %
 
(0.1
)%
U.S. credits and exemptions
(8.5
)%
 
(12.9
)%
 
1.5
 %
Foreign earnings/losses taxed at lower rates
(14.9
)%
 
(5.9
)%
 
(9.0
)%
Audit settlements with taxing authorities
(0.1
)%
 
 %
 
0.7
 %
Adjustments to uncertain tax positions
(9.8
)%
 
(1.9
)%
 
(5.4
)%
Changes in valuation allowance
54.4
 %
 
17.4
 %
 
(18.8
)%
Tax on distributions of foreign earnings
 %
 
0.7
 %
 
(0.2
)%
Worthless stock deductions and other basis adjustments
(226.3
)%
 
 %
 
(2.4
)%
Disposition of dry cooling business
 %
 
(15.6
)%
 
 %
U.S. tax reform
32.6
 %
 
 %
 
 %
Other
0.5
 %
 
1.3
 %
 
0.4
 %
 
(132.7
)%
 
23.1
 %
 
1.7
 %
Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
NOL and credit carryforwards
$
146.0

 
$
78.2

Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefits
41.2

 
77.2

Payroll and compensation
18.2

 
22.8

Legal, environmental and self-insurance accruals
25.3

 
35.1

Working capital accruals
11.5

 
16.4

Other
17.6

 
20.7

Total deferred tax assets
259.8

 
250.4

Valuation allowance
(110.9
)
 
(75.8
)
Net deferred tax assets
148.9

 
174.6

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Intangible assets recorded in acquisitions
53.9

 
68.3

Basis difference in affiliates
3.7

 
10.6

Accelerated depreciation
28.8

 
40.6

Other
12.9

 
6.6

Total deferred tax liabilities
99.3

 
126.1

 
$
49.6

 
$
48.5

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
As indicated in Note 1, on December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted which significantly changes U.S. income tax law for businesses and individuals. The Act introduces changes that impact U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 21%), business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits. In addition, the Act will have tax consequences for many entities that operate internationally, including the timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed foreign earnings.

As a result of the reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate and other legislative changes in the Act, we have revalued our net U.S. federal deferred tax assets, resulting in a charge of $11.8. Further, we considered the transition tax required for the mandatory one-time “deemed repatriation” and our preliminary analysis indicates we will not have a liability in this regard.

Given the significance and number of changes required by the Act and the historical complexity of our global tax structure, we have yet to complete our analysis of the impact of the Act on our consolidated financial statements.  As a result, the above net charges are based on current estimates (i.e., provisional amounts).  In addition, other adjustments

86



may be necessary to our income tax accounts to properly reflect the impact of certain provisions of the Act that have not been contemplated.  For example, the potential impact of the Act on our liability for uncertain tax positions and various state tax implications of the Act have not been considered in our provisional amounts. As more guidance is issued and we better understand the full impact of the Act on our tax positions, we will finalize our analysis, with any resulting adjustments, which could be material, reflected in our 2018 consolidated financial statements.
General Matters
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess deferred tax assets to determine if they are likely to be realized and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, incorporating the results of local, state, federal and foreign tax audits in our estimates and judgments.
At December 31, 2017, we had the following tax loss carryforwards available: federal, state, and foreign tax loss carryforwards of approximately $27.0, $659.0, and $293.0, respectively. We also had federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $32.4. Of these amounts, $6.8 expire in 2018 and $714.0 expire at various times between 2018 and 2036. The remaining carryforwards have no expiration date.
Realization of deferred tax assets, including those associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards, is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate tax jurisdiction. We believe that it is more likely than not that we may not realize the benefit of certain of these deferred tax assets and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or tax planning strategies. However, deferred tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income are significantly reduced or tax planning strategies are no longer viable. The valuation allowance increased by $35.1 in 2017 and increased by $4.9 in 2016. The 2017 increase was driven by the losses generated during the year for our large power projects in South Africa and the impact of the Act on the realization of certain deferred tax assets.

The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. These deductions can vary from year to year, and, consequently, the amount of income taxes paid in future years will vary from the amounts paid in prior years.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
As of December 31, 2017, we had gross and net unrecognized tax benefits of $31.3 and $20.6, respectively. Of these net unrecognized tax benefits, $15.7 would impact our effective tax rate from continuing operations if recognized. Similarly, at December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $37.9 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $25.2) and $48.8 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $30.1), respectively.
We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax (provision) benefit. As of December 31, 2017, gross accrued interest totaled $3.9 (net accrued interest of $2.5), while the related amounts as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $3.7 (net accrued interest of $2.4) and $5.4 (net accrued interest of $4.5), respectively. Our income tax (provision) benefit for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 included gross interest income (expense) of $(0.2), $1.8 and $0.2, respectively, resulting from adjustments to our liability for uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had no accrual for penalties included in our unrecognized tax benefits.
Based on the outcome of certain examinations or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations for certain jurisdictions, we believe that within the next 12 months it is reasonably possible that our previously unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $3.0 to $15.0. The previously unrecognized tax benefits relate to a variety of tax matters including deemed income inclusions, transfer pricing and various state matters.

87



The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Unrecognized tax benefit — opening balance
$
37.9

 
$
48.8

 
$
63.3

Gross increases — tax positions in prior period
1.6

 
3.6

 
14.1

Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period
(0.3
)
 
(9.3
)
 
(7.6
)
Gross increases — tax positions in current period
0.3

 
0.7

 
11.3

Settlements
(1.3
)
 

 

Lapse of statute of limitations
(7.1
)
 
(5.9
)
 
(4.4
)
Gross decreases — Spin-Off

 

 
(26.7
)
Change due to foreign currency exchange rates
0.2

 

 
(1.2
)
Unrecognized tax benefit — ending balance
$
31.3

 
$
37.9

 
$
48.8

Other Tax Matters
    During 2017, our income tax benefit was impacted most significantly by (i) a tax benefit of $77.6 related to a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and (ii) $4.9 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, partially offset by (iii) $11.8 of net tax charges associated with the impact of the new U.S. tax regulations described more fully above and (iv) $68.2 of foreign losses generated during the period for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely.
During 2016, our income tax provision was impacted most significantly by (i) the $0.3 of income taxes provided in connection with the $18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, (ii) $13.7 of foreign losses generated during the period for which no tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such tax benefit is considered unlikely, and (iii) $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.
During 2015, our income tax benefit was impacted most significantly by (i) the effects of approximately $139.0 of foreign losses generated during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of any such tax benefit is considered unlikely, (ii) $3.7 of foreign taxes incurred during the year related to the Spin-Off and the reorganization actions undertaken to facilitate the Spin-Off, and (iii) $3.4 of taxes related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.
We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain positions when we determine that an uncertain position meets the criteria of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are recorded in “Income taxes payable” and “Deferred and other income taxes” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on the expectation as to the timing of when the matters will be resolved. As events change and resolutions occur, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities.
We have filed our federal income tax returns for the 2014, 2015, and 2016 tax years and those returns are subject to examination. With regard to all open tax years, we believe any contingencies are adequately provided for.
State income tax returns generally are subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing the respective tax returns. The impact on such tax returns of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to one year after formal notification to the states. We have various state income tax returns in the process of examination. We believe any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided for.
We have various foreign income tax returns under examination. The most significant of these are in Germany for the 2010 through 2014 tax years. We believe that any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided for.
An unfavorable resolution of one or more of the above matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows in the quarter and year in which an adjustment is recorded or the tax is due or paid. As

88



audits and examinations are still in process, the timing of the ultimate resolution and any payments that may be required for the above matters cannot be determined at this time.
(11)    Indebtedness
The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2017:

December 31,
2016

Borrowings

Repayments

Other (5)

December 31,
2017
Revolving loans
$


$
54.6


$
(54.6
)

$


$

Term loans (1)(2)
339.6


350.0


(341.2
)

(0.7
)

347.7

Trade receivables financing arrangement (3)


74.0


(74.0
)




Other indebtedness (4)
16.6


38.7


(48.8
)

2.6


9.1

Total debt
356.2


$
517.3


$
(518.6
)

$
1.9


356.8

Less: short-term debt
14.8











7.0

Less: current maturities of long-term debt
17.9








0.5

Total long-term debt
$
323.5








$
349.3

_____________________________________________________________

(1) 
As noted below, we amended our senior credit agreement on December 19, 2017 and proceeds of $350.0 were made available by way of a new term loan facility, with $328.1 utilized to repay, in full, amounts outstanding under the then-existing term loan facility.
(2) 
The new term loan is repayable in quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first quarter of 2019, with the remaining balance payable in full on December 19, 2022. Balances are net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.3 and $1.6 at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
(3) 
Under this arrangement, we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0, as available. At December 31, 2017, we had $33.3 of available borrowing capacity under this facility.
(4) 
Primarily includes capital lease obligations of $2.1 and $1.7, balances under purchase card programs of $2.8 and $3.9, borrowings under a line of credit in South Africa of $0.0 and $10.2, and borrowings under a line of credit in China of $4.1 and $0.0, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The purchase card program allows for payment beyond the normal payment terms for goods and services acquired under the program. As this arrangement extends the payment of these purchases beyond their normal payment terms through third-party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.
(5) 
“Other” primarily includes debt assumed, foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the new term loan, and the impact of amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the term loan.
Maturities of long-term debt payable during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2017 are $0.5, $18.0, $18.0, $17.9 and $297.7, respectively.
Senior Credit Facilities
On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) to, among other things, extend the term of each facility under the Credit Agreement (with the aggregate of each facility comprising the “Senior Credit Facilities”) and provide for committed senior secured financing with an aggregate amount of $900.0, consisting of the following (each with the final maturity of December 19, 2022):

A new term loan facility in an aggregate principle amount of $350.0;
A domestic revolving credit facility, available for loans and letters of credit, in an aggregate principal amount up to $200.0;
A global revolving credit facility, available for loans in Euros, GBP and other currencies, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $150.0;
A participation foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $145.0 (previously $175.0); and

89



A bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $55.0 (previously $125.0).

The above amendment of our Credit Agreement also:
Adjusts the maximum aggregate amount of additional commitments we may seek, without consent of existing lenders, to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility, and/or the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, to (i) the greater of (A) $200.0 or (B) our Consolidated EBITDA for the preceding four fiscal quarters, plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loan facility and the voluntary prepayments accompanied by permanent commitment reductions of revolving credit facilities and foreign credit instrument facilities, plus (iii) an unlimited amount so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, our Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior four fiscal quarters does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 (with the provisions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) being essentially unchanged from the previous agreement);

Permits unlimited investments, capital stock repurchases and dividends, and prepayments of subordinated debt if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to such payments, is less than 2.75 to 1.00 (2.50 to 1.00 prior to the amendment);

Increases the Consolidated Leverage Ratio that we are required to maintain as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions) and included certain add-backs in the definition of consolidated EBITDA used in determining such ratio; and

Adjusts per annum fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans, in each case based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, to be as follows:
Consolidated
Leverage
Ratio
 
Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
 
Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee
 
Letter of
Credit
Fee
 
Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee
 
Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee
 
LIBOR
Rate
Loans
 
ABR
Loans
Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0
 
0.350
%
 
0.350
%
 
2.000
%
 
0.350
%
 
1.250
%
 
2.000
%
 
1.000
%
Between 2.25 to 1.0 and 3.00 to 1.0
 
0.300
%
 
0.300
%
 
1.750
%
 
0.300
%
 
1.000
%
 
1.750
%
 
0.750
%
Between 1.50 to 1.0 and 2.25 to 1.0
 
0.275
%
 
0.275
%
 
1.500
%
 
0.275
%
 
0.875
%
 
1.500
%
 
0.500
%
Less than 1.50 to 1.0
 
0.250
%
 
0.250
%
 
1.375
%
 
0.250
%
 
0.800
%
 
1.375
%
 
0.375
%

We are the borrower under each of the above facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are (and we may designate other foreign subsidiaries to be) borrowers under the global revolving credit facility and the foreign credit instrument facilities. All borrowings and other extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.
The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by SPX on behalf of any of our subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue foreign credit instruments, including bank undertakings to support our foreign operations.
The interest rates applicable to loans under the Credit Agreement are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate (the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollars) plus, in each case, an applicable margin percentage as previously discussed, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings and analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents not to exceed $150.0) at the date of determination to consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently before such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, three or six months (and, if consented to by all relevant lenders, twelve months) for Eurodollar borrowings.

90



The weighted-average interest rate of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities was approximately 3.2% at December 31, 2017.
The fees and bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments unless otherwise agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.25% per annum, respectively.
The Credit Agreement requires mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary course of business and subject to other exceptions) by SPX or our subsidiaries. Mandatory prepayments will be applied to repay, first, amounts outstanding under any term loans and, then, amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No prepayment is required generally to the extent the net proceeds are reinvested (or committed to be reinvested) in permitted acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days (and if committed to be reinvested, actually reinvested within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period) of the receipt of such proceeds.
We may voluntarily prepay loans under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by:
Each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic material subsidiary with specified exceptions; and
SPX with respect to the obligations of our foreign borrower subsidiaries under the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility and the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility.
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by SPX or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of our material first-tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions). If SPX obtains a corporate credit rating from Moody’s and S&P and such corporate credit rating is less than “Ba2” (or not rated) by Moody’s and less than “BB” (or not rated) by S&P, then SPX and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on substantially all of their assets. If SPX’s corporate credit rating is “Baa3” or better by Moody’s or “BBB-” or better by S&P and no defaults then exist, all collateral security is to be released and the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement would be unsecured.
The Credit Agreement requires that SPX maintain:
A Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date to consolidated cash interest expense for such period) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 3.50 to 1.00; and
As previously discussed, a Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions).
The Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees, or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock, and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates, and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.
As previously discussed, we are permitted under the Credit Agreement to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.75 to 1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, the aggregate amount of such repurchases and dividend declarations cannot exceed (A) $50.0 in any fiscal year plus (B) an additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after the Effective Date equal to the sum of (i) $100.0 plus (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally as consolidated net income subject to certain

91



adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period from the Effective Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) plus (iii) certain other amounts.
At December 31, 2017, we had $314.3 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect to $35.7 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, at December 31, 2017, we had $16.9 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facilities after giving effect to $183.1 reserved for outstanding letters of credit.
At December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants of our Credit Agreement.
In connection with the December 2017 amendment of our Credit Agreement, we recorded a charge of $0.9 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. During 2016, we reduced the issuance capacity of our foreign credit instrument facilities resulting in a charge of $1.3 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” associated with the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. During 2015, we recorded a charge of $1.4 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” related to the refinancing of our senior credit agreement in connection with the Spin-Off, with the charge resulting from the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.
Other Borrowings and Financing Activities
Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under purchase card programs allowing for payment beyond their normal payment terms. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the participating businesses had $2.8 and $3.9, respectively, outstanding under these arrangements.
We are party to a trade receivables financing agreement, whereby we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0. Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $50.0 program limit. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.
In addition, we maintain line of credit facilities in China, India, and South Africa available to fund operations in these regions, when necessary. At December 31, 2017, the aggregate amount of borrowing capacity under these facilities was $20.2, while the aggregate borrowings outstanding were $4.2.
(12)    Derivative Financial Instruments
Interest Rate Swaps
During the second quarter of 2016, we entered into interest rate swap agreements (“Swaps”) to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing variable rate term loan. As a result of amending our Credit Agreement on December 19, 2017, these Swaps no longer qualified for hedge accounting, resulting in a gain (recorded to “Other expense, net”) in 2017 of $2.7. As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate notional amount of these Swaps was $162.6. In addition, we have recorded a current asset of $3.3 as of December 31, 2017 to recognize the fair value of these Swaps. As of December 31, 2016, the unrealized gain, net of tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) was $0.7
Currency Forward Contracts and Currency Forward Embedded Derivatives
We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency-denominated cash flows and to minimize the impact of changes as a result of currency fluctuations. Our principal currency exposures relate to the South African Rand, GBP, and Euro.
From time to time, we enter into forward contracts to manage the exposure on contracts with forecasted transactions denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries (“FX forward contracts”). In addition, some of our contracts contain currency forward embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”), because the currency of exchange is not “clearly and closely” related to the functional currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. To the extent

92



these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings, but are included in AOCI. These changes in fair value are reclassified into earnings as a component of revenues or cost of products sold, as applicable, when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the cumulative change in the derivatives’ fair value is recorded as a component of “Other expense, net” in the period in which the transaction is no longer considered probable of occurring. To the extent a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period in which it occurs.
We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $9.0 and $8.8 outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with all of the $9.0 scheduled to mature in 2018. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $1.1 and $0.9 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with all of the $1.1 scheduled to mature in 2018. There were no unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The net loss recorded in “Other expense, net” related to FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives totaled $0.4 in 2017, $6.3 in 2016 and $1.2 in 2015.
Commodity Contracts
From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials. The outstanding notional amounts of commodity contracts were 3.6 and 4.1 pounds of copper at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We reclassify AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair values of these contracts were $1.1 (current asset) and $1.1 (current asset), respectively. The unrealized gains, net of taxes, recorded in AOCI were $0.8 and $0.8 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized gain as of December 31, 2017 to income over the next 12 months.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and interest rate swap, foreign currency forward, and commodity contracts. These financial instruments, other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.
We maintain cash levels in bank accounts that, at times, may exceed federally-insured limits. We have not experienced, and believe we are not exposed to significant risk of, loss in these accounts.
We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.
Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. We mitigate our credit risks by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions and obtaining collateral, advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.
(13)    Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Matters
Leases
We lease certain manufacturing facilities, offices, sales and service locations, machinery and equipment, vehicles and office equipment under various leasing programs accounted for as operating and capital leases, some of which include scheduled rent increases stated in the lease agreement. We do not have any significant leases that require rental payments based on contingent events nor have we received any significant lease incentive payments.
Operating Leases
The future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are:

93



Year Ending December 31,
2018
$
8.3

2019
7.9

2020
6.5

2021
4.6

2022
4.4

Thereafter
6.6

Total minimum payments
$
38.3

Total operating lease expense, inclusive of rent based on scheduled rent increases and rent holidays recognized on a straight-line basis, was $12.9 in 2017, $13.2 in 2016 and $13.4 in 2015.
General
Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending against us or certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, “claims”). These claims relate to litigation matters (e.g., class actions, derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters (predominately associated with alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials), and other risk management matters (e.g., general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring significantly greater loss than we anticipate. While we (and our subsidiaries) maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general liability, environmental, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection with acquisitions that we believe cover a significant portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., in the case of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. Also, while we believe we are entitled to indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against potential loss exposures.
Our recorded liabilities related to these matters totaled $685.7 (including $641.2 for asbestos product liability matters) and $653.5 (including $605.6 for asbestos product liability matters) at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of these amounts, $651.6 and $621.0 are included in “Other long-term liabilities” within our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with the remainder included in “Accrued expenses.” The liabilities we record for these claims are based on a number of assumptions, including historical claims and payment experience and, with respect to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates of the future period during which additional claims are reasonably foreseeable. While we base our assumptions on facts currently known to us, they entail inherently subjective judgments and uncertainties. As a result, our current assumptions for estimating these liabilities may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these liabilities in the future, which could result in charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.
Our asbestos-related claims are typical in certain of the industries in which we operate or pertain to legacy businesses we no longer operate. It is not unusual in these cases for fifty or more corporate entities to be named as defendants. We vigorously defend these claims, many of which are dismissed without payment, and the significant majority of costs related to these claims have historically been paid pursuant to our insurance arrangements. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, our payments for asbestos-related matters, net of insurance recoveries, were $1.0, $5.8 and $6.9, respectively. A significant increase in claims, costs and/or issues with existing insurance coverage (e.g., dispute with or insolvency of insurer(s)) could have a material adverse impact on our share of future payments related to these matters, and, as a result, have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
We have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability matters, with such amounts totaling $590.9 and $564.4 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and included in “Other assets” within our consolidated balance sheets. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will be entitled to recover under agreements we have with insurance companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries are based on a number of assumptions, including the continued solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. Our current assumptions for estimating these assets may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these assets in the future, which could result in additional charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

94



During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we recorded charges of $5.7, $4.9, and $11.2, respectively, as a result of changes in estimates associated with the liabilities and assets related to asbestos product liability matters. Of these charges, $3.5, $4.2 and $8.0 were recorded to “Other expense, net” for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, and $2.2, $0.7, and $3.2 respectively, to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax.”
Large Power Projects in South Africa
The business environment surrounding our large power projects in South Africa remains difficult, as we have experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various other challenges associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various subcontractors (including us and our subcontractors), and various suppliers. We currently are involved in a number of claim disputes relating to these challenges. We are pursuing various commercial alternatives for addressing these challenges, in attempt to mitigate our overall financial exposure.
During the third quarter of 2015, we gained additional insight into the path for completing these projects, including our remaining scope, the estimated costs for completing such scope, and our expected recoverability of costs from prime contractors and our subcontractors. In response to this new information, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in an increase in our “Loss from continuing operations before income taxes” for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $95.0, which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $57.2 and an increase in cost of products sold of $37.8.
Over the past two years, we have implemented various initiatives that have reduced the risk associated with our large power projects in South Africa, including more recent steps to accelerate the timeline for completing certain portions of the projects. In addition, significant progress has occurred with regard to the projects, as we have now completed the majority of our contractual scope and expect to complete the remainder by the end of 2019.
During 2017, we experienced higher than expected costs associated with (i) our efforts to accelerate completion of certain scopes of work, (ii) financial and other challenges facing certain of our subcontractors, and (iii) delays and other on-site productivity challenges. As a result, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in a charge to “Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes” of $52.8 during the year ended December 31, 2017 ($22.9 and $29.9, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively), which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively) and an increase in cost of products sold of $15.9 ($9.4 and $6.5, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively).
We recognize revenue associated with unapproved change orders and claims to the extent the related costs have been incurred and the amount expected of recovery is probable and reasonably estimable. At December 31, 2017, the projected revenues related to our large power projects in South Africa included approximately $29.0 related to claims and unapproved change orders. We believe these amounts are recoverable under the provisions of the related contracts and reflect our best estimate of recoverable amounts.
Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to these projects are reasonable, it is possible that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Noncontrolling Interest in South African Subsidiary
Our South African subsidiary, DBT Technologies (PTY) LTD (“DBT”), has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder (the “BEE Partner”) that holds a 25.1% noncontrolling interest in DBT. Under the terms of the shareholder agreement between the BEE Partner and SPX Technologies (PTY) LTD (“SPX Technologies”), the BEE Partner had the option to put its ownership interest in DBT to SPX Technologies, the majority shareholder of DBT, at a redemption amount determined in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement (the “Put Option”). The BEE Partner notified SPX Technologies of its intention to exercise the Put Option and, on July 6, 2016, an Arbitration Tribunal declared that the BEE Partner was entitled to South African Rand 287.3 in connection with the exercise of the Put Option, having not considered an amount due from the BEE Partner under a promissory note of South African Rand 30.3 held by SPX Technologies. As a result, we have reflected the net redemption amount of South African Rand 257.0 (or $20.9 and $18.5 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively) within “Accrued expenses” on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, with the related offset recorded to “Paid-in capital” and “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” In addition, during 2016 we reclassified $38.7 from “Noncontrolling Interests” to “Paid-in capital.” Lastly, under the two-class method of calculating earnings per share, we have reflected

95



an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” for the excess redemption amount of the Put Option (i.e., the increase in the redemption amount during the year ended December 31, 2016 in excess of fair value) in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016.
In August 2016, SPX Technologies applied to the High Court of South Africa (the “Court”) to have the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling set aside. The Court heard arguments on SPX Technologies application in November 2017. On January 22, 2018, the Court ruled in SPX Technologies favor and set aside the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling. This ruling by the Court is subject to appeal by the BEE Partner. The BEE Partner has filed for leave to appeal the decision and SPX Technologies will continue to assert all legal defenses available to it.
Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, in connection with our accounting for the redemption of the BEE partner’s ownership interest in DBT, we discontinued allocating earnings/losses of DBT to the BEE Partner within our consolidated financial statements.
Patent Infringement Lawsuit
Our subsidiary, SPX Cooling Technologies, Inc. (“SPXCT”), is a defendant in a legal action brought by Baltimore Aircoil Company (“BAC”) alleging that a SPXCT product infringes United States Patent No. 7,107,782, entitled “Evaporative Heat Exchanger and Method.” BAC filed suit on July 16, 2013 in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (the “District Court”) seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief.
On November 4, 2016, the jury for the trial in the District Court found in favor of SPXCT. The verdict by the District Court is currently under appeal by BAC. We believe that we will ultimately be successful in any future judicial processes; however, to the extent we are not successful, the outcome could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
Litigation Matters
We are subject to other legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these matters are either without merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however, we cannot assure you that these proceedings or claims will not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Environmental Matters
Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulatory requirements relating to environmental protection. It is our policy to comply fully with all applicable requirements. As part of our effort to comply, we have a comprehensive environmental compliance program that includes environmental audits conducted by internal and external independent professionals, as well as regular communications with our operating units regarding environmental compliance requirements and anticipated regulations. Based on current information, we believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations that could have a material effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows. As of December 31, 2017, we had liabilities for site investigation and/or remediation at 28 sites (30 sites at December 31, 2016) that we own or control. In addition, while we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover the costs of site investigation and/or remediation, we cannot provide assurance that new matters, developments, laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws and regulations will not materially affect our business or operations in the future.
Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, including new or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions from estimates provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. It is our policy to revise an estimate once it becomes probable and the amount of change can be reasonably estimated. We generally do not discount our environmental accruals and do not reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries. We take into account third-party indemnification from financially viable parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the right to indemnification.

96



In the case of contamination at offsite, third-party disposal sites, as of December 31, 2017, we have been notified that we are potentially responsible and have received other notices of potential liability pursuant to various environmental laws at 15 sites (22 sites at December 31, 2016) at which the liability has not been settled, of which 9 sites have been active in the past few years. These laws may impose liability on certain persons that are considered jointly and severally liable for the costs of investigation and remediation of hazardous substances present at these sites, regardless of fault or legality of the original disposal. These persons include the present or former owners or operators of the site and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances at the site. We are considered a “de minimis” potentially responsible party at most of the sites, and we estimate that our aggregate liability, if any, related to these sites is not material to our consolidated financial statements. We conduct extensive environmental due diligence with respect to potential acquisitions, including environmental site assessments and such further testing as we may deem warranted. If an environmental matter is identified, we estimate the cost and either establish a liability, purchase insurance or obtain an indemnity from a financially sound seller; however, in connection with our acquisitions or dispositions, we may assume or retain significant environmental liabilities, some of which we may be unaware. The potential costs related to these environmental matters and the possible impact on future operations are uncertain due in part to the complexity of government laws and regulations and their interpretations, the varying costs and effectiveness of various clean-up technologies, the uncertain level of insurance or other types of recovery, and the questionable level of our responsibility. We record a liability when it is both probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
In our opinion, after considering accruals established for such purposes, the cost of remedial actions for compliance with the present laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment is not expected to have a material impact, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Self-Insured Risk Management Matters
We are self-insured for certain of our workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for risk management matters are determined by us, are based on claims filed and estimates of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts. This insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against loss exposure.

Executive Agreements
The Board of Directors has approved an employment agreement for our President and Chief Executive Officer.  This agreement had an initial term through December 31, 2017 and, thereafter, rolling terms of one year, and specifies the executive’s current compensation, benefits and perquisites, severance entitlements, and other employment rights and responsibilities. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has approved severance benefit agreements for our other six executive officers. These agreements cover each executive’s entitlements in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated for other than cause, death or disability, or the executive resigns with good reason. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has also approved change of control agreements for each of our executive officers, which cover each executive’s entitlements following a change of control.

97



(14)    Shareholders’ Equity and Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Income (Loss) Per Share
The following table sets forth the computations of the components used for the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
$
84.0

 
$
30.3

 
$
(151.6
)
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
(0.4
)
 
(33.4
)
Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note13)

 
(18.1
)
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders for calculating basic and diluted income per share
$
84.0

 
$
12.6

 
$
(118.2
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
$
5.3

 
$
(97.9
)
 
$
34.6

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 
(0.9
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders for calculating basic and diluted income per share
$
5.3

 
$
(97.9
)
 
$
35.5

Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic income (loss) per share          
42.413

 
41.610

 
40.733

Dilutive securities — Employee stock options, restricted stock shares and restricted stock units
1.492

 
0.551

 

Weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive securities used in diluted income (loss) per share          
43.905

 
42.161

 
40.733

For the year ended December 31, 2015, 0.351 of unvested restricted stock shares/units were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as we incurred losses from continuing operations during the year. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, 0.563, 1.045, and 0.553 of unvested restricted stock shares/units, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the assumed proceeds for these instruments exceeded the average market value of the underlying common stock for the related years. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, 0.997, 1.343, and 0.505, respectively, of outstanding stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the assumed proceeds for these instruments exceeded the average market value of the underlying common stock for the related years.
Common Stock and Treasury Stock
At December 31, 2017, we had 200.0 authorized shares of common stock (par value $0.01). Common shares issued, treasury shares and shares outstanding are summarized in the table below.
 
Common Stock
Issued
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Shares
Outstanding
December 31, 2014
100.064

 
(59.206
)
 
40.858

Restricted stock shares and restricted stock units
0.102

 
0.096

 
0.198

Other
0.360

 

 
0.360

December 31, 2015
100.526

 
(59.110
)
 
41.416

Restricted stock shares and restricted stock units
0.042

 
0.295

 
0.337

Retirement of treasury stock
(50.000
)
 
50.000

 

Other
0.187

 

 
0.187

December 31, 2016
50.755

 
(8.815
)
 
41.940

Restricted stock units

 
0.280

 
0.280

Other
0.431

 

 
0.431

December 31, 2017
51.186

 
(8.535
)
 
42.651


98



In 2016, we retired 50.0 shares or $2,948.1 of “Common stock in treasury.” Under the applicable state law, these shares represent authorized and unissued shares upon retirement. In accordance with our accounting policy, we allocate any excess of share repurchase over par value between “Paid-in capital” and “Retained deficit,” resulting in respective adjustments of $1,285.4 and $1,662.2.
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Under the 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended in 2006, 2011, 2012 and 2015, up to 1.682 shares of our common stock were available for grant at December 31, 2017. The 2002 Stock Compensation Plan permits the issuance of new shares or shares from treasury upon the exercise of options, vesting of time-based restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) and performance stock units (“PSU’s”), or the granting of restricted stock shares (“RS’s”). Each RSU and RS granted reduces availability by two shares. Each PSU granted in 2017 reduces availability by its maximum vesting attainment of 150%, or 3.0 shares.
PSU’s, RSU’s and RS’s may be granted to certain eligible employees or non-employee directors in accordance with applicable equity compensation plan documents and agreements. Subject to participants’ continued employment and other plan terms and conditions, the restrictions lapse and awards generally vest over a period of time, generally one or three years. In some instances, such as death, disability, or retirement, stock may vest concurrently with or following an employee’s termination. PSU’s are eligible to vest at the end of the performance period, with performance based on the total return of our stock over the three-year performance period against a peer group within the S&P 600 Capital Goods Index, while the RSU’s and RS’s vest based on the passage of time since grant date. PSU’s, RSU’s, and RS’s that do not vest within the applicable vesting period are forfeited.
Eligible employees received PSU’s in 2014 and 2013 as to which the employee could earn between 25% and 125% of the target performance award in the event the awards met the required vesting criteria. Vesting for the 2014 and 2013 target performance awards was based on SPX shareholder return versus the S&P Composite 1500 Industrials Index over three-year periods ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In connection with the Spin-Off, the 2014 and 2013 PSU’s were modified to allow for a minimum vesting equivalent to 50% of the underlying shares at the end of the applicable remaining service periods. In connection with this modification, we recorded additional stock compensation expense of $2.1 in 2015. The remaining 2014 and 2013 PSU’s (i.e., the remaining 50%) did not meet the required performance target for the three years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and, as a result, these awards were forfeited.
We grant RSU’s or RS’s to non-employee directors under the 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”) and the 2002 Stock Compensation Plan. Under the Directors’ Plan, up to 0.027 shares of our common stock were available for grant at December 31, 2017. The 2017, 2016 and 2015 grants to non-employee directors generally vest over a one-year vesting period, with the 2017 grants scheduled to vest in their entirety immediately prior to the annual meeting of stockholders in May 2018.
Stock options may be granted to key employees in the form of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The option price per share may be no less than the fair market value of our common stock at the close of business the day prior to the date of grant. Upon exercise, the employee has the option to surrender previously owned shares at current value in payment of the exercise price and/or for withholding tax obligations.
The recognition of compensation expense for share-based awards, including stock options, is based on their grant date fair values. The fair value of each award is amortized over the lesser of the award’s requisite or derived service period, which is generally up to three years. Compensation expense within income from continuing operations related to PSU’s, RSU’s, RS’s and stock options totaled $12.0, $12.7 and $33.9 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with the related tax benefit being $4.6, $4.8 and $12.9 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
During 2017 and 2016, long-term cash awards were granted to executive officers and other members of senior management. These awards are eligible to vest at the end of a three-year performance measurement period, with performance based on our achievement of a target segment income amount over the three-year measurement period. Long-term incentive compensation expense for 2017 and 2016 included $3.8 and $1.0, respectively associated with long-term cash awards.
We use the Monte Carlo simulation model valuation technique to determine fair value of our restricted stock awards that contain a market condition (i.e., the PSU’s). The Monte Carlo simulation model utilizes multiple input variables that determine the probability of satisfying the market condition stipulated in the award and calculates the fair value of each PSU. We issued PSU’s to eligible participants on March 1, 2017 and March 2, 2016, while there were no PSU’s issued during 2015. We used the following assumptions in determining the fair value of these awards:

99



 
Annual Expected
Stock Price
Volatility
 
Annual Expected
Dividend Yield
 
Risk-Free Interest Rate
 
Correlation
Between Total
Shareholder
Return for SPX
and the
Applicable
S&P Index
March 1, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPX Corporation
41.03
%
 
%
 
1.52
%
 
0.3685
Peer group within S&P 600 Capital Goods Index
34.49
%
 
n/a

 
1.52
%
 
 
March 2, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPX Corporation
36.91
%
 
%
 
0.97
%
 
0.3354
Peer group within S&P 600 Capital Goods Index
32.94
%
 
n/a

 
0.97
%
 
 
Annual expected stock price volatility is based on the three-year historical volatility. There is no annual expected dividend yield as we discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The average risk-free interest rate is based on the one-year through three-year daily treasury yield curve rate as of the grant date.
The following table summarizes the PSU, RSU, and RS activity from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2017:
 
Unvested PSU’s, RSU’s, and RS’s
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Share
December 31, 2014
1.168

 
$
69.22

Pre-spin:
 
 
 
Granted
0.451

 
81.60

Vested
(0.262
)
 
78.71

Canceled
(0.212
)
 
52.67

Impact of Spin-Off:
 
 
 
Terminations
(0.785
)
 
*

Conversions
1.010

 
*

Post-spin
 
 
 
Granted
0.510

 
12.32

Canceled
(0.011
)
 
20.34

December 31, 2015
1.869

 
17.63

Granted
0.423

 
13.97

Vested
(0.528
)
 
10.32

Forfeited
(0.062
)
 
20.46

December 31, 2016
1.702

 
16.47

Granted
0.252

 
28.22

Vested
(0.483
)
 
18.17

Forfeited
(0.241
)
 
20.83

December 31, 2017
1.230

 
$
17.41

As of December 31, 2017, there was $8.1 of unrecognized compensation cost related to PSU’s, RSU’s and RS’s. We expect this cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years.
Stock Options

100



On March 1, 2017, March 2, 2016 and October 14, 2015, we granted stock options totaling 0.208, 0.505 and 0.883, respectively, of which 0.188 were exercisable as of December 31, 2017. The exercise price per share of these options is $27.40, $12.85 and $12.36, respectively, and the maximum contractual term of these options is ten years.
The fair value of each stock option granted on March 1, 2017, March 2, 2016 and October 14, 2015 was $9.60, $4.11 and $3.76, respectively. The fair value of each option grant was estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
 
March 1,
2017
 
March 2,
2016
 
October 14
2015
Annual expected stock price volatility
32.00
%
 
30.06
%
 
27.86
%
Annual expected dividend yield
%
 
%
 
%
Risk-free interest rate
2.14
%
 
1.50
%
 
1.64
%
Expected life of stock option (in years)
6.0

 
6.0

 
6.0

Annual expected stock price volatility for the March 1, 2017 and March 2, 2016 grant were based on a weighted average of SPX’s stock volatility since the Spin-Off and an average of the most recent six-year historical volatility of a peer company group, while the annual expected stock price volatility for the October 14, 2015 grant was based on the six-year historical volatility of SPX’s common stock. There is no annual expected dividend yield as we discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The average risk-free interest rate is based on the five-year and seven-year treasury constant maturity rates. The expected option life is based on a three-year pro-rata vesting schedule and represents the period of time that awards are expected to be outstanding.
The following table shows stock option activity from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2017.
 
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014

 
$

Granted pre-spin
0.323

 
85.87

Impact of Spin-Off:
 
 
 
Terminations
(0.282
)
 
85.87

Conversions
0.123

 
*

Granted post-spin
0.883

 
12.36

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2015
1.047

 
12.91

Granted
0.505

 
12.85

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016
1.552

 
12.89

Exercised
(0.125
)
 
20.67

Forfeited
(0.027
)
 
14.45

Granted
0.208

 
27.40

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2017
1.608

 
$
14.67

As of December 31, 2017, there was $2.2 of unrecognized compensation cost related to the outstanding stock options. We expect this cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.

101



Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
 
Net Unrealized
Gains on
Qualifying
Cash
Flow
Hedges(3)
 
Pension and
Postretirement
Liability Adjustment
and Other(1)(4)
 
Total
December 31, 2016
$
229.7

 
$
1.5

 
$
3.9

 
$
235.1

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications (1)
0.5

 
2.3

 
16.3

 
19.1

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (2)

 
(3.0
)
 
(1.1
)
 
(4.1
)
Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
0.5

 
(0.7
)
 
15.2

 
15.0

December 31, 2017
$
230.2

 
$
0.8

 
$
19.1

 
$
250.1

___________________________________________________________________
(1) As indicated in Note 9, we reduced our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits and increased “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (before tax) by $26.8.
(2) As indicated in Note 12, we discontinued hedge accounting for our Swaps resulting in a reclassification from “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (before tax) of $2.7.
(3) 
Net of tax provision of $0.5 and $0.9 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(4) Net of tax provision of $12.5 and $2.7 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 include unamortized prior service credits.
The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
 
Net Unrealized
Losses on
Qualifying
Cash
Flow
Hedges(2)
 
Pension and
Postretirement
Liability Adjustment
and Other(3)
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
280.6

 
$
(1.8
)
 
$
4.5

 
$
283.3

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(11.9
)
 
1.1

 

 
(10.8
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (1)
(39.0
)
 
2.2

 
(0.6
)
 
(37.4
)
Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)
(50.9
)
 
3.3

 
(0.6
)
 
(48.2
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
229.7

 
$
1.5

 
$
3.9

 
$
235.1

___________________________________________________________________
(1) 
In connection with the sale of our dry cooling business, we reclassified $40.4 of other comprehensive income related to foreign currency translation to “Gain on sale of dry cooling business.”
(2) 
Net of tax (provision) benefit of $(0.9) and $0.8 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(3) 
Net of tax provision of $2.7 and $3.1 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The balances as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 include unamortized prior service credits.

102



The following summarizes amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
Amount
Reclassified
from
AOCI
 
Affected
Line Items
in the
Consolidated Statements of
Operations
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
 
(Gains) losses on qualifying cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
FX forward contracts
$

 
$
1.0

 
Revenues
Commodity contracts
(2.5
)
 
2.0

 
Cost of products sold
Swaps
0.3

 

 
Interest Expense
Swaps
(2.7
)
 

 
Other Expense, net
Pre-tax
(4.9
)
 
3.0

 
 
Income taxes
1.9

 
(0.8
)
 
 
 
$
(3.0
)
 
$
2.2

 
 
Pension and postretirement items:
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits - Pre-tax
$
(1.8
)
 
$
(1.0
)
 
Selling, general and administrative
Income taxes
0.7

 
0.4

 
 
 
$
(1.1
)
 
$
(0.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recognition of foreign currency translation adjustments related to business dispositions:
 
 
 
 
 
Recognition of foreign currency translation adjustment associated with the sale of our dry cooling business
$

 
$
(40.4
)
 
Gain on sale of dry cooling business
Recognition of foreign currency translation adjustment associated with the sale our Balcke Dürr business

 
1.4

 
Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax
 
$

 
$
(39.0
)
 
 
Common Stock in Treasury
As described above, in 2016, we retired 50.0 shares or $$2,948.1 of “Common stock in treasury.” In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, “Common stock in treasury” was decreased by the settlement of restricted stock units issued from treasury stock of $16.9, $17.9 and $7.0, respectively, and increased by $0.0, $0.0 and $1.8, respectively, for common stock that was surrendered by recipients of restricted stock as a means of funding the related minimum income tax withholding requirements.
Dividends
In connection with the Spin-Off, we discontinued dividend payments immediately following the second quarter dividend payment for 2015. Dividends declared totaled $30.9 for the year ended December 31, 2015, while dividends paid were $45.9.
Preferred Stock
None of our 3.0 shares of authorized no par value preferred stock was outstanding at December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.

103



(15)    Fair Value
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 — Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
There were no changes during the periods presented to the valuation techniques we use to measure asset and liability fair values on a recurring basis. There were no transfers between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy for the periods presented.
Valuation Methodologies Used to Measure Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Parent Guarantees and Bonds Associated with Balcke Dürr As indicated in Note 4, in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr, existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds, which totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 76.1 and Euro 47.9, respectively, at December 31, 2017), will remain in place through each instrument’s expiration date, with such expiration dates occurring through 2022. These guarantees and bonds provide protections for Balcke Dürr customers in regard to advance payments, performance, and warranties on projects in existence at the time of sale. In addition, certain bonds relate to lease obligations and foreign tax matters in existence at the time of sale. Balcke Dürr and the Buyer have provided us a full indemnity in the event that any of these guarantees or bonds are called. Also, at the time of sale, Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral of Euro 4.0 and mutares AG provided a guarantee of Euro 5.0 as a security for the above indemnifications (Euro 4.0 and Euro 3.0, respectively, at December 31, 2017). Summarized below are the liability (related to the parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds) and asset (related to the cash collateral and guarantee provided by mutares AG) recorded at the time of sale, along with the change in the liability and the asset during 2017.
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017
 
 
Guarantees and Bonds Liability
 
Indemnification Assets
Balance as of December 31, 2016 (1) (2)
 
$
9.9

 
$
4.8

Reduction/Amortization for the period (3)
 
(2.5
)
 
(2.6
)
Impact of changes in foreign currency rates
 
1.3

 
0.6

Balance as of December 31, 2017 (2)
 
$
8.7

 
$
2.8

___________________________
(1) 
In connection with the sale, we estimated the fair value of the existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds considering the probability of default by Balcke Dürr and an estimate of the amount we would be obligated to pay in the event of a default. Additionally, we estimated the fair value of the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the guarantee provided by mutares AG based on the terms and conditions and relative risk associated with each of these securities (unobservable inputs - Level 3).
(2) 
Balance associated with the guarantees and bonds is reflected within “Other long-term liabilities,” while the balance associated with the indemnification assets is reflected within “Other assets.”
(3) 
We reduce the liability generally at the earlier of the completion of the related underlying project milestones or the expiration of the guarantees or bonds. We amortize the asset based on the expiration terms of each of the securities. We record the reduction of the liability and the amortization of the asset to “Other expense, net.”


104



The net loss recorded at the time of sale of $78.6 includes a charge of $5.1 associated with the estimated fair value of the guarantees and bonds, after consideration of the cash collateral and guarantee provided by Balcke Dürr and mutares AG, respectively.
Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets — Certain of our non-financial assets are subject to impairment analysis, including long-lived assets, indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill. We review the carrying amounts of such assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable or at least annually for indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill. Any resulting asset impairment would require that the instrument be recorded at its fair value. As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any significant non-financial assets or liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.
During the fourth quarter of 2016, we concluded that the carrying value of Heat Transfer’s definite-lived intangible assets (customer relationships and technology) may not be recoverable. As a result, we performed an impairment analysis on such assets. Based on such analysis, we determined that the fair values of these assets were less than their respective carrying values, resulting in an aggregate impairment charge of $23.9. The fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset was based on the estimated future cash flows of the asset, discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the cash flows (unobservable inputs - Level 3). The fair values for the technology intangible assets were based on applying estimated royalty rates to projected revenues associated with the assets, discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the revenues and current market conditions (unobservable inputs - Level 3).
We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment. The fair values of our trademarks are determined by applying estimated royalty rates to projected revenues, with the resulting amount discounted at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the revenues and current market conditions (fair value based on unobservable inputs - Level 3, as defined above). Based on our annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded an impairment charge associated with Heat Transfer’s trademarks of $2.2. In addition, we recorded impairment charges of $4.0 during the first quarter of 2016 associated with Heat Transfer’s trademarks.
Valuation Methodologies Used to Measure Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Derivative Financial Instruments — Our financial derivative assets and liabilities include interest rate swaps, FX forward contracts, FX embedded derivatives and commodity contracts, valued using valuation models based on observable market inputs such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk and the credit risk of our counterparties, which comprise investment-grade financial institutions. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. We have not made any adjustments to the inputs obtained from the independent sources. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments active. We primarily use the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount.
As of December 31, 2017, there had been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own credit risk, as the related instruments are collateralized under our senior credit facilities. Similarly, there had been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties’ credit risks.
Indebtedness and Other — The estimated fair value of our debt instruments as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 approximated the related carrying values due primarily to the variable market-based interest rates for such instruments.

105



(16)    Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
 
First (5)
 
Second (5)
 
Third (5)
 
Fourth (5)
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017
 
2016
Operating revenues (1)
$
340.6

 
$
360.6

 
$
349.7

 
$
371.4

 
$
348.5

 
$
345.0

 
$
387.0

 
$
395.3

Gross profit (1)
88.1

 
89.9

 
76.1

 
91.1

 
85.1

 
80.8

 
80.9

 
114.0

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax (2)
10.3

 
20.2

 
(8.3
)
 
6.5

 
22.0

 
6.6

 
60.0

 
(3.0
)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (3)
7.1

 
(6.6
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(3.5
)
 
0.3

 
(4.7
)
 
(1.4
)
 
(83.1
)
Net income (loss)
17.4

 
13.6

 
(9.0
)
 
3.0

 
22.3

 
1.9

 
58.6

 
(86.1
)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 
0.6

 

 
(1.0
)
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
17.4

 
13.0

 
(9.0
)
 
4.0

 
22.3

 
1.9

 
58.6

 
(86.1
)
Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (4)

 

 

 
(18.1
)
 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest
$
17.4

 
$
13.0

 
$
(9.0
)
 
$
(14.1
)
 
$
22.3

 
$
1.9

 
$
58.6

 
$
(86.1
)
Basic income (loss) per share of common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations, net of tax
$
0.24

 
$
0.47

 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.25
)
 
$
0.51

 
$
0.16

 
$
1.41

 
$
(0.07
)
Discontinued operations, net of tax
0.17

 
(0.16
)
 
(0.02
)
 
(0.09
)
 
0.01

 
(0.12
)
 
(0.03
)
 
(1.99
)
Net income (loss)
$
0.41

 
$
0.31

 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.34
)
 
$
0.52

 
$
0.04

 
$
1.38

 
$
(2.06
)
Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations, net of tax
$
0.24

 
$
0.47

 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.25
)
 
$
0.50

 
$
0.16

 
$
1.35

 
$
(0.07
)
Discontinued operations, net of tax
0.16

 
(0.16
)
 
(0.02
)
 
(0.09
)
 
0.01

 
(0.12
)
 
(0.03
)
 
(1.99
)
Net income (loss)
$
0.40

 
$
0.31

 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.34
)
 
$
0.51

 
$
0.04

 
$
1.32

 
$
(2.06
)
___________________________________________________________________
Note:    The sum of the quarters’ income per share may not equal the full year per share amounts.
(1) 
During the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we determined that additional cost would be required in order to complete certain remaining portions of large power projects in South Africa. As such, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in charges to “Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes” of $22.9 and $29.9, respectively, which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $13.5 and $23.4, respectively, and increases in cost of products sold of $9.4 and $6.5, respectively, in the second and fourth quarters of 2017. See Notes 5 and 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.
(2) 
During the first quarter of 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $17.9. During the second quarter of 2016, we reduced the pre-tax gain by $1.2 associated with adjustments to certain retained liabilities. During the third quarter of 2016, we increased the pre-tax gain by $1.7 associated with the working capital settlement related to the transaction. See Notes 1 and 4 for additional details.
During the first and fourth quarters of 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $4.0 and $26.1, respectively, associated with the intangible assets of our Heat Transfer business. See Note 8 for additional details
During the second quarter of 2016, we recognized pre-tax actuarial losses of $1.8 associated with certain of our U.S. pension plans. See Note 9 for additional details.
During the third quarter of 2017, in connection with a favorable legal ruling, we reduced our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits resulting in a pre-tax gain of $2.6. See Note 9 for additional details.

106



During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer resulting in a pre-tax gain of $10.2. See Note 5 for additional details.
During the fourth quarter of 2017 and 2016, we recognized pre-tax actuarial losses of $4.2 and $10.2, respectively, associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans. See Note 9 for additional details.
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized an income tax benefit of $77.6 for a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary. See Note 10 for additional details.
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded a provisional net charge of $11.8 associated with the impact of the new corporate tax regulations that were enacted in the U.S.. See Note 10 for additional details.
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $0.9 and a pre-tax gain of $2.7 associated with an amendment of our Credit Agreement, with the charge related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and the gain related to the discontinuance of hedge accounting on our interest rate swap agreements. See Notes 11 and 12 for additional details.

(3) 
During the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded a net loss on the sale of Balcke Dürr of $78.6. During the first quarter of 2017, we reduced the net loss by $7.2. During the second quarter of 2017, we increased the net loss by $0.4. See Note 4 for additional details.
(4) 
During the second quarter of 2016, in connection with the noncontrolling interest in our South Africa subsidiary, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” for the excess redemption amount of the Put Option (i.e., the increase in the redemption amount during 2016 in excess of fair value) in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share (see Note 13 for additional details).
(5) 
We establish actual interim closing dates using a fiscal calendar, which requires our businesses to close their books on the Saturday closest to the end of the first calendar quarter, with the second and third quarters being 91 days in length. Our fourth quarter ends on December 31. The interim closing dates for the first, second and third quarters of 2017 are April 1, July 1 and September 30, compared to the respective April 2, July 2 and October 1, 2016 dates. This practice only affects the quarterly reporting periods and not the annual reporting period. We had two fewer days in the first quarter of 2017 and had one more day in the fourth quarter of 2017 than in the respective 2016 periods.


107



ITEM 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

SPX management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), as of December 31, 2017. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control framework and processes were designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded properly to allow for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and Directors; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changing conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, such internal control was effective at the reasonable assurance level described above. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013).

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the evaluation by SPX management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d), the changes below were identified during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

During 2017, we identified prior year financial misstatements associated with our South African subsidiary (the “Subsidiary”). These misstatements related to the accuracy and completeness of the Subsidiary’s revenues and cost of products sold under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Although these misstatements are not material to our consolidated financial statements in any period, the misstatements are the result of design and operating effectiveness deficiencies that existed within the Subsidiary’s internal controls environment relating to the existence of certain project-related materials, completeness of the reconciliations of recorded revenues to supporting billing

108



documents, and the review of the accuracy and completeness of project costs. We updated our evaluation of internal controls in the fourth quarter of 2017 and concluded that these deficiencies represented material weaknesses that existed prior to 2017.

We have remediated these material weaknesses through (i) implementation of regular physical inventory counts and the reduction of inventories in the course of project progression, (ii) improvements to the design of the revenue reconciliation process, and (iii) improvements to the effectiveness of the quarterly project reviews. These enhanced control activities contributed to our identification of the misstatements noted above.



109



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of SPX Corporation:
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our report dated February 21, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements, and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s spin-off of SPX FLOW, Inc. through the distribution of the shares of SPX FLOW, Inc. to the Company’s stockholders.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Charlotte, North Carolina
February 21, 2018



110



ITEM 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.


111



P A R T    I I I
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
a)
Directors of the company.
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Election of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.
b)
Executive Officers of the company.
Eugene J. Lowe, III, 49, President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since September 2015. Mr. Lowe joined SPX in 2008, was appointed an officer of the company in December 2014, and previously served as President, Thermal Equipment and Services from February 2013 to September 2015, President, Global Evaporative Cooling from March 2010 to February 2013, and Vice President of Global Business Development and Marketing, Thermal Equipment and Services from June 2008 to March 2010. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Lowe held positions with Milliken & Company, Lazard Technology Partners, Bain & Company, and Andersen Consulting.
Scott W. Sproule, 48, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since September 2015. Mr. Sproule joined SPX in 2005, was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015, and previously served as CFO, Thermal Equipment and Services from December 2014 to September 2015, Vice President and CFO, Flow Power & Energy from September 2013 to November 2014, CFO, Flow Technology from May 2012 to September 2013, Vice President of Corporate Finance from July 2009 to May 2012, CFO, Test and Measurement from August 2007 to July 2009, and Assistant Corporate Controller from August 2005 to August 2007. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Sproule held positions with Corning Incorporated, Eastman Kodak Company, and PricewaterhouseCoopers.
J. Randall Data, 52, President, South Africa and Global Operations since August 2015 and was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Data spent over 27 years with The Babcock & Wilcox Company. Most recently, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Babcock & Wilcox Power Generation Group, Inc., a subsidiary of The Babcock & Wilcox Company, from April 2012 to July 2015. While at The Babcock & Wilcox Company, Mr. Data held numerous leadership positions in the global operations of the steam generating and environmental equipment businesses.
Brian G. Mason, 52, President, Transformer Solutions since January 2015 and was appointed an officer of the company in January 2017. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Mason spent over 14 years with Emerson Electric. Most recently, he was President, Emerson Connectivity Solutions, from March 2004 to July 2014, and President, Cinch Connectivity Solutions, from July 2014 to December 2014, having led the divestiture of Emerson Connectivity Solutions and its integration with Cinch Connectors/Bel Fuse. While at Emerson Electric, Mr. Mason held leadership positions in various technology-oriented businesses. He has also held leadership roles at General Cable, Winegard, and General Electric.
John W. Nurkin, 48, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2015. Mr. Nurkin joined SPX in 2005, was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015, and previously served as Segment General Counsel, Industrial Products and Services and Corporate Commercial from September 2013 to September 2015, Vice President of New Venture Development and Assistant General Counsel from January 2011 to September 2013, Segment General Counsel, Industrial Products and Services from January 2007 to January 2011, and Group General Counsel, Industrial Products and Services from October 2005 to January 2007. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Nurkin was a partner at the law firm of Moore & Van Allen.
John W. Swann, III, 47, President, Weil-McLain and Marley Engineered Products since August 2013 and President, Radiodetection since September 2015. Mr. Swann joined SPX in 2004, was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015, and previously served as President, Hydraulic Technologies from January 2011 to August 2013, Vice President of New Venture Development from February 2010 to January 2011, and Director of Business Development from August 2004 to February 2010. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Swann held positions with PricewaterhouseCoopers and Andersen Business Consulting.
NaTausha H. White, 46, Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since April 2015 and was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015. Ms. White returned to SPX in April 2015 after serving as the Vice President of Human Resources for Integrated Network Solutions at Harris Corporation from June 2013 to

112



April 2015. Prior to that, she was responsible for the Human Resources function at SPX’s Global Evaporative Cooling business from July 2012 to June 2013. From 2006 to 2012, she served in various human resources leadership positions within United Technologies Corporation. Ms. White began her career at Georgia-Pacific Corporation, spending 12 years in a variety of human resource management roles.
c)
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.
d)
Code of Ethics.
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference.
e)
Information regarding our Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee is set forth in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Board Committees” and is incorporated herein by reference.



113



ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Ownership of Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Public Accountants” and is incorporated herein by reference.

114



P A R T    I V
ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
1.
All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 50 of this Form 10-K.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules. None required. See page 50 of this Form 10-K.
3.
Exhibits. See Index to Exhibits.


115



ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
We have chosen not to include an optional summary of the information required by this Form 10-K. For a reference to the information in this Form 10-K, investors should refer to the Table of Contents to this Form 10-K.

116



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 21st day of February, 2018.
 
SPX CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
By
/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE
 
 
Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 21st day of February, 2018.
/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III
 
/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE
Eugene J. Lowe, III
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
/s/ PATRICK J. O’LEARY
 
/s/ RICKY D. PUCKETT
Patrick J. O’Leary
Director

 
Ricky D. Puckett
Director

/s/ DAVID A. ROBERTS
 
/s/ RUTH G. SHAW
David A. Roberts
Director

 
Ruth G. Shaw
Director

/s/ ROBERT B. TOTH
 
/s/ TANA L. UTLEY
Robert B. Toth
Director
 
Tana L. Utley
Director
/s/ MICHAEL A. REILLY
 
 
Michael A. Reilly
Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President,
Finance, and Corporate Controller
 
 

117



INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Item No.
 
Description
2.1

3.1

3.2

3.3

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4


10.5


10.6


10.7


10.8


10.9


10.10


10.11


10.12


10.13



118



10.14


*10.15

*10.16

*10.17

*10.18

*10.19

*10.20

*10.21

*10.22

*10.23

*10.24

*10.25

*10.26

*10.27

*10.28

*10.29

*10.30

*10.31

*10.32


119



*10.33

*10.34

*10.35

*10.36

*10.37

10.38

*10.39

*10.40

*10.41

10.42

10.43

10.44

*10.45

*10.46

10.47

*10.48

*10.49

10.50

*10.51

*10.52

*10.53

*10.54

*10.55



120



*10.56


21.1


23.1


24.1


31.1


31.2


32.1


101.1


SPX Corporation financial information from its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, formatted in XBRL, including: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016; (iv)  Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
__________________________________________________________________
*    Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

121
Exhibit
Exhibit 10.37




SPX CORPORATION



Plan Document



SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan

This Booklet constitutes the Plan Document.























As Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2015


    





Table of Contents
 
 
 
Schedule of Benefits
4

Eligibility
4

Effective Date of Coverage
4

Cost of Coverage
5

Payments
5

Benefit Amount
5

No Reduction in Benefits for Cost-of-Living Increases
5

Coordination with Other Income Benefits
5

When Your Eligibility Ends
6

Claim Filing Procedure
6

Filing a Claim
6

When You Can Expect to Learn if Benefits Have Been Approved
6

How You Will Learn of a Benefits Determination
7

How You Appeal Benefit Denials
7

How You Appeal a Second Time
8

General Provisions
9

Administration of the Plan
9

Applicable Law
9

Benefits Not Transferable
10

Cancellation of Coverage
10

Clerical Error
10

Conformity with Statutes
10

Effective Date of the Plan
10

Effect of Oral or Written Statements
10

Examinations Required by the Plan
10

Health Care Responsibilities
11

Incapacity
11

Limits on Liability
11

Lost Distributees
11

Misrepresentation
11

No Fault Coordination
11

No Guarantee of Tax Consequences
11

No Vested Rights to Benefits
12

Plan Is Not a Contract
12

Plan Modification and Amendment
12

Plan Termination
12

Recovery of Overpayment
12

Severability
13

Time Effective
13

Unfunded Plan
13




Waiver & Estoppel
13

Workers’ Compensation Not Affected
14

Administrative Information
15

Glossary of Terms
16







Using This Booklet

This benefits booklet provides information about the SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan (the Plan) effective for disabilities beginning on or after July 1, 2015. For disabilities beginning prior to July 1, 2015, the Plan Document in effect prior to this restatement (and as may be amended) shall provide the terms and conditions of any Plan benefits.

It is your responsibility to understand the terms and conditions in this Booklet. This Booklet constitutes the Plan Document.

Italicized words are defined terms that are either defined in the text or can be found in the “Glossary of Terms” section at the end of this booklet.

Please keep this booklet for your future reference.



Schedule of Benefits
The following “Schedule of Benefits” is designed as a quick reference. For further description of the provisions regarding schedule of benefits, including related definitions, elimination periods, limitations, maximum benefit period, exclusions and termination, please refer to the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan and the remainder of this booklet.
 
Plan Benefit Amount
Duration
After 26 weeks of continuous disability.
60% of the following:
•    pre-disability annual base pay, minus $200,000
•    plus target bonus*, minus $200,000
Until maximum benefit period has been reached, no longer disabled or age 65, whichever is earlier.
Participation in an approved rehabilitation services program as defined in the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan.
70% of the following:
•    pre-disability annual base pay, minus $200,000
•    plus target bonus*, minus $200,000
Until participation in rehabilitation services program ends.
Pay from a modified job, an alternate job or from part-time work while you remain disabled. 
1st 18 months of long-term disability benefits: No reduction in Plan benefits unless your Plan and other SPX disability benefits combined with income from employment exceed your pre-disability earnings.

After 18 months of Plan benefits, Plan benefits are reduced by 50% of income from other employment to a combined total of no more than 100% of your indexed pre-disability earnings.
Until you cease other employment while still covered by the Plan or until you are no longer determined to be disabled.
*For purposes of determining the Benefit Amount, any portion of the target bonus in excess of 100% shall not be considered.

Eligibility
An employee shall become a participant in the Plan upon designation as such by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”).

Effective Date of Coverage
If you are designated to participate in the Plan, you are covered under the Plan effective as of your date of hire, or appointment by the Board or the Committee to participate, whichever is later.



4    


Exhibit 10.37

Cost of Coverage
The Employer pays the full cost of your Plan coverage. Because the Employer pays for this benefit, benefits from the Plan are subject to certain taxes when received. Please consult with your tax and/or financial advisor regarding your participation in this Plan.

Payments
You shall receive a benefit payment under this Plan: (a) if you are a participant in the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan, for each month you actually receive and are entitled to a payment under such plan, or (b) if you are not a participant in the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan, for each month you would be entitled to a payment under such plan if you were a participant in the plan. Plan benefit payments are made monthly.

Benefit Amount
Your Plan benefits are based on your earnings prior to your disability. The Plan provides a benefit equal to 60% of your pre-disability earnings. Your benefit is based on your pre-disability earnings as of your last day worked.
If you are participating in an approved rehabilitation services program, your benefit will be increased to 70% of your pre-disability earnings.
This Plan does not provide any child care, survivor or any family care expense benefits.
There is no minimum monthly benefit under this Plan.
No Reduction in Benefits for Cost-of-Living Increases
Your Plan benefit will be reduced by the amount of the Social Security benefit provided to you and your dependents when it is first awarded. However, future cost-of-living increases to your Social Security benefit or to that of your dependents will not further reduce your Plan benefit.
Coordination with Other Income Benefits
The amount of your Plan benefits will be reduced by other income benefits to the extent any other SPX disability plan is not already offset by such other income benefits. Other income benefits include, but are not limited to the following:
Any sick pay or other salary continuation paid to you by SPX;
Workers’ Compensation benefits;
Unemployment compensation benefits;
Any state or federal disability benefits;
Automobile no-fault wage replacement benefits;
Wage replacement benefits recovered from a third party;
Any benefit received from the Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management;
Any benefit from a defined benefit pension plan to which SPX has contributed;
Any benefit from the Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan;

5    



Any Social Security benefits that you or your dependents are eligible for due to your disability or age (Please note that you must apply for Social Security benefits and provide proof of application to the Claims Administrator, and pursue any appeals to the extent determined by the Claims Administrator); or
Any estimated SSDI benefits you would have received should you fail to take the necessary steps for your SSDI benefits, or should your SSDI benefit determination not be received within 12 months of commencement of your Plan benefit.

To the extent that any of the above payments are made in a lump sum but are intended to provide coverage over an extended period of time, such as a lump-sum pension payment, the payment will be treated for purposes of this Plan as if it had been paid over the expected duration of the period. For example, a lump-sum pension payment will be treated as if it were paid out in equal monthly installments over the remainder of your expected life span, as determined by SPX or the Claims Administrator. Your Plan benefit payment would be reduced by the monthly installment amount.

When Your Eligibility Ends
Your eligibility for Plan coverage ends on the earliest of the following:
You are no longer eligible for coverage;
You transfer to a non-eligible employee group or your participation was discontinued by the Board or the Committee;
Your approved leave of absence ends;
You are laid off; or
Your employment with SPX ends.

Claim Filing Procedure
Filing a Claim
A claim for benefits is a request for a Plan benefit or benefits, made by you or by your representative, that complies with the Plan’s procedure for making benefit claims. The procedure for filing a claim is to contact the Claims Administrator when you have been receiving short-term disability benefits under the SPX Corporation Short-Term Disability Plan for three months and apply for benefits under this Plan.
When You Can Expect to Learn if Benefits Have Been Approved
The Claims Administrator will notify you of the Plan’s benefit determination within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the application, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the application by the Plan. This period may be extended by the Plan for up to 30 days provided that the extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan and the Claims Administrator notifies you prior to the expiration of the initial 45-day period. The notice will state the reason for the extension and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If, prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the Claims Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be made within that extension period, the Plan may take

6    



another 30-day extension. Again, the Plan must notify you of the reasons for the extension and the date on which the Plan expects to render a decision. If the extension is necessary due to your failure to submit the information necessary to determine your qualification for Plan benefits, the notice of extension will describe the required information. You will then have 45 days from receipt of the notice within which to provide the specified information.
How You Will Learn of a Benefits Determination
The Claims Administrator will provide you with written notification of the Plan’s benefit determination. If benefits are denied, you will be informed of:
the specific reasons for the denial;
reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based;
a description of any additional material or information necessary for you to complete the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;
a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action following an adverse benefit determination on review;
if an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other criterion was relied upon in the decision-making, either (1) a copy of such rule, guideline, or protocol or (2) a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, or protocol will be provided to you free of charge upon request; and
if the denial was based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either (1) an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to your medical circumstances, or (2) a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge upon request.
How You Appeal Benefit Denials
If you wish to appeal an adverse benefit determination, you must do so within 180 days of receiving the benefit denial/adverse benefit determination. Your appeal should be addressed to the Claims Administrator at the address shown in the back of this booklet. Correspondence should include your Social Security number, your name, the claim information, and the service dates in question. State the reason(s) for disagreement and attach any relevant information, such as additional medical evidence. You will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim for Plan benefits. You will be notified within 45 days of the date the Claims Administrator receives your appeal of the outcome of your appeal. If the Claims Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing the claim is necessary, written notice will be furnished prior to the termination of the initial 45-day period. In no event will the extension exceed 45 days from the end of the initial 45-day period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to return a determination.
In the case of an adverse decision, the notification will include:
the specific reasons for the adverse determination;
reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based;
a statement that you are entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and records relevant to your claim for benefits, without regard to whether such records were considered or relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination on review, including any reports, and the identities, of any experts whose advice was obtained;

7    



a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of your right to bring a civil action following an adverse benefit determination on review;
if an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other criterion was relied upon in the decision-making, either (1) a copy of such rule, guideline, or protocol or (2) a statement that a copy of such rule, guideline, or protocol will be provided free of charge to the claimant upon request;
if the adverse benefit determination was based on a medical necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, either (1) an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances, or (2) a statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge upon request
How You Appeal a Second Time
If your first level appeal is denied, you may appeal a second and final time to the SPX Corporation Retirement and Welfare Plan Administrative Committee (SPX Administrative Committee). You must do so within 180 days of receiving the adverse response to your appeal. Your second level appeal should be addressed to the SPX Corporation Retirement and Welfare Plan Administrative Committee, 13320 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Charlotte, NC 28277. Correspondence should include your Social Security number, your name, the claim information, and the service dates in question. State the reason(s) for disagreement and attach any relevant information, such as additional medical evidence. You will be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to your claim for Plan benefits, including information about your first appeal, including the names and credentials of experts who advised the Plan on your benefits. If your appeal requires a medical judgment, the SPX Administrative Committee will consult with independent (i.e., separate from any professionals consulted on the earlier adverse determinations) health care and/or vocational professionals about the circumstances surrounding your claim and will provide you with the names of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan.
You will be notified within 45 days of the date the SPX Administrative Committee receives your second appeal of the outcome of such appeal. If the SPX Administrative Committee determines that an extension of time for processing the claim is necessary, written notice will be furnished prior to the termination of the initial 45-day period. In no event will the extension exceed 45 days from the end of the initial 45-day period. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to return a determination.
The SPX Administrative Committee will provide you with written notification of a Plan’s benefit determination on review. In the case of an adverse decision, in addition to the information required to be included in the notification of denial of the first appeal, the notification of denial of the second appeal will also include:
a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and your right to obtain the information about such procedures;
a statement of your right to bring a civil action following an adverse benefit determination on review;
you and the Plan may have other voluntary alternative dispute resolution options, such as mediation.
You may not bring a lawsuit regarding the Plan prior to the expiration of the claims and review procedures set out above. After exhausting the Plan’s administrative claim and appeal provisions, if you wish to bring a lawsuit in either state or federal court challenging a claim denial, you must

8    



commence the lawsuit no later than one year after you receive a final denial letter indicating that you have exhausted your administrative appeals and have the right to file a lawsuit. In addition to this one year deadline that applies to filing a lawsuit after the claims and appeals procedures are exhausted, a general time limitation shall apply to all lawsuits involving all types of Plan issues. You must commence any such lawsuit involving Plan claims no later than two years after you first receive information that constitutes a clear repudiation of the rights you are seeking to assert (i.e., the underlying event or issue that should have triggered your awareness that your rights under the Plan may have been violated). Although any period of time when your claim is in the claims procedure described above (i.e., the time between when you file a claim for benefits with the Claims Administrator and the time you receive a final determination letter from the SPX Administrative Committee) does not count against the two-year period, once the claims procedure process is completed, the two year period will continue running from the point at which it was tolled.

General Provisions
Administration of the Plan
SPX is the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator has full charge of the operation and management of the Plan. SPX has retained the services of an independent Claims Administrator.
The Plan Administrator or its agent or delegate, has the absolute authority and discretion to:
Interpret the terms of the Plan, including the Plan’s eligibility provisions and its provisions relating to determination of the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits payable under the Plan;
Resolve ambiguities in the Plan;
Adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to its duties under the Plan;
Make such determination as to the right of any person to a benefit;
To employ such professional services and advisors as may be required in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;
Keep all such books, records and other data as may be deemed necessary for the administration of the Plan; and
Make all determinations necessary or advisable for the discharge of its duties under the Plan.
Benefits shall be paid under this Plan only if the Plan Administrator (or its agent or delegate), in its sole discretion, determines that you are entitled to them. The Plan Administrator’s (or its agent’s or delegate’s) decision is final and binding on all parties.
SPX has delegated the responsibility for reviewing initial claims and initial appeals of adverse benefit determinations to the Claims Administrator. The SPX Administrative Committee, or a subcommittee or delegate thereof, will review all second level appeals. The SPX Administrative Committee, or subcommittee or delegate thereof, can interpret the Plan terms and determine eligibility for and entitlement to Plan benefits in accordance with the Plan terms.
Applicable Law
Except to the extent superseded by federal law, the Plan and all rights and duties thereunder shall be governed, construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

9    


Exhibit 10.37

Benefits Not Transferable
No person other than a covered person is entitled to receive benefits under this Plan. The right to receive benefits is not transferable.
Cancellation of Coverage
If you make a material misrepresentation on a claim for this Plan’s benefits, SPX may cancel coverage, effective on or anytime after the date of the claim, without giving advance notice.
If you no longer meet the eligibility requirements, coverage is cancelled automatically. (See the “Eligibility” section.)
Cancellation of coverage is effective on the date of cancellation and ends all rights under this Plan.
Clerical Error
No clerical error on the part of SPX or the Claims Administrator will operate to defeat any of the rights, privileges, services, or benefits of any employee, nor create or continue coverage that would not otherwise validly become effective or continue. An equitable adjustment of benefits will be made when the error or delay is discovered.
Conformity with Statutes
Any Plan provision that conflicts with statutes applicable to this Plan is amended to conform to the minimum requirements of said statute(s).
Effective Date of the Plan
The effective date of the amended and restated Plan is July 1, 2015.
Effect of Oral or Written Statements
Any oral or written representations made by an employee or representative of SPX, the Claims Administrator, the Plan Administrator or any other individual or entity that alter, modify, amend, or are inconsistent with the written terms of the Plan shall be invalid and unenforceable and may not be relied upon by any covered person or any other person or entity, unless such representation meets the requirements of the Plan Modification and Amendment section or Plan Termination section below.
Examinations Required by the Plan
The Plan, at its own expense, will have the right to require a physical examination, a functional capacities assessment, a transferable skills analysis, or other examinations relevant to a claim of a person receiving benefits or for whom a claim for benefits is pending under this Plan when and as often as it may reasonably require during the pendency of a claim.

10    


Exhibit 10.37

Health Care Responsibilities
All responsibility for health care decisions with respect to a covered person concerning any treatment, choice of health care provider, drug, service or supply shall rest exclusively with the covered person and/or the covered person’s treating health care provider. SPX has no responsibility for any such medical decision(s) or for any act(s) or omission(s) of the covered person or any physician, hospital, pharmacist, nurse, or other provider of health care goods or services.
Incapacity
If, in SPX’s opinion, a covered person for whom a claim has been made is incapable of furnishing a valid receipt of payment and, in the absence of written evidence to the Plan of the qualification of a guardian or personal representative for his or her estate, SPX may on behalf of the Plan, at its discretion, make any and all such payments to the service provider or other person providing for the care and support of such person. Any payment made will constitute a complete discharge of the Plan’s obligation for such payment.
Limits on Liability
Liability is limited to benefits specified in the Plan. SPX will not be liable for the negligence, wrongful act or omission of any service provider or their employees or any other person. The Plan liability will be limited to the benefits described herein.
Lost Distributees
Any payable benefit will be deemed forfeited if:
The Plan Administrator cannot locate the covered person to whom payment is due, and
Such benefits would be reinstated if the covered person submits a claim for the forfeited benefits within the time prescribed in the “Claim Filing Procedure” section.
Misrepresentation
If the covered person or anyone acting on behalf of or with respect to the covered person makes a false statement on the claim, or withholds information with intent to deceive or affect the acceptance of the claim or the risks assumed by the Plan, or otherwise misleads the Plan, the Plan will be entitled to recover its damages, including legal fees, from the covered person, or from any other person responsible for misleading the Plan, and from the person for whom the benefits were provided. Any material misrepresentation on the part of the covered person or anyone acting on behalf of or with respect to the covered person in making application for claims will render the coverage under this Plan void.
No Fault Coordination
This Plan shall be secondary in coverage to any no fault automobile insurance policy, regardless of any election made to the contrary to you, your spouse or your dependents.
No Guarantee of Tax Consequences

11    


Exhibit 10.37

Neither SPX, the Plan Administrator, the Claims Administrator nor any other person, as applicable, makes any commitment or guarantee of any particular tax treatment for any benefits provided or amounts paid to or for the benefit of a covered person. In addition, should any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax requirements be applicable to the benefits provided under the Plan, a covered person shall make appropriate arrangements with SPX to satisfy any such requirements. If no such arrangements are made, SPX may provide, at its discretion, for withholding and tax payments as required.
No Vested Rights to Benefits
Nothing in the Plan, or any other document describing, interpreting or relating to the Plan shall be construed to provide vested, nonforfeitable, nonterminable or nonchangeable benefits or rights thereto.
Plan Is Not a Contract
The Plan will not be deemed to constitute a contract between SPX and any employee or to be a consideration for, or an inducement or condition, of, the employment of any employee. Nothing in the Plan will be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the service of SPX.
Plan Modification and Amendment
SPX, through the Board or the Committee, reserves the right to amend or modify the Plan, from time to time, in its sole discretion. Such amendment or modification may affect benefits on both a retroactive and prospective basis.
Plan Termination
SPX, through the Board or the Committee, reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination, the rights of the covered persons to benefits are limited to those benefits due and payable immediately prior to such termination.
Recovery of Overpayment
SPX has the right to recover the amount of any payments exceeding the necessary maximum payment. Also, such a recovery may be paid by offset against benefits that otherwise would be payable by this Plan. If SPX makes any payment that, according to the Plan terms, should not have been made, SPX may recover that incorrect payment, whether or not it was SPX’s error, or the error of the person or entity to whom it was made or the error of any other party.
In some situations, another person, insurance policy or plan of benefits may be responsible to pay benefits to you for injury and/or illness. SPX maintains the right to recover on its own behalf amounts for medical expenses paid when responsibility lies elsewhere, which is called the “right of subrogation.” In this regard, SPX is subrogated to all of your rights of recovery as against any person and under any insurance policy, or plan of benefits, which would be obligated to pay benefits to you for any injury and/or illness, to the full extent of any payment made under the Plan.

12    



You are not permitted after injury and/or illness to prejudice SPX’s rights and you shall do everything necessary to secure such rights, including, but not limited to, providing SPX with notice of any and all claims you make for such injury and/or illness. Any and all amounts recovered by you (whether by lawsuit, settlement or otherwise), regardless of designation of said recovery, shall be apportioned as follows: SPX shall be reimbursed first to the full extent of its payment under this Plan. If any balance then remains from such recovery, it shall be applied to reimburse you and any other plan providing benefits to you as the interest may appear.
If SPX incurs attorneys’ fees in order to pursue its subrogation interest, you shall be obligated to reimburse SPX in full from any amount recovered. Under no circumstances shall the Plan be obligated to pay a fee or costs to your attorney.
Severability
In the event any provision of this Plan adopted hereunder shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan but shall be fully severable, and this Plan adopted hereunder shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted therein.
Time Effective
The effective time with respect to any dates used in the Plan will be 12 a.m. (midnight) as may be legally in effect at the address of the Plan Administrator unless otherwise stated.
Unfunded Plan
The Plan is intended to be an unfunded welfare plan maintained by SPX for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, pursuant to Section 104(a)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and Department of Labor regulation Section 2520.104-24 thereunder, or any statutory or regulatory provisions that may hereafter replace such sections. No covered person shall be required or permitted to make contributions to the Plan.
All benefits under this Plan are an unfunded obligation of the Company. Nothing herein contained shall require SPX to segregate any monies from its general funds, to create any trust, to make any special deposits, or to purchase any policies of insurance with respect to this obligation. Title to and beneficial ownership of any policies of insurance purchased or funds invested by SPX, including the proceeds, income and profits therefrom, which SPX may make to fulfill its obligations under this Plan shall at all times remain in the Company.
Waiver & Estoppel
No term, condition or provision of the Plan shall be waived, and there shall be no estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of the Plan, except by written direction of the Plan Administrator. No such waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated. Each waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived. No failure to enforce any provision of this Plan shall affect the right thereafter to enforce such provision, nor shall such failure affect its right to enforce any other provision of this Plan.

13    



Workers’ Compensation Not Affected
This Plan is not in lieu of, and does not affect any requirement for, coverage by Workers’ Compensation insurance.
 

14    




Administrative Information
Benefits Administration
This section contains information pertaining to your Plan. You won’t use this information every day. But, if you wish to communicate with the administrator or find out where you can get more information, this section will help you.
General Administrative Information

Name of Plan
SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan
Name, Address, and Phone Number of Employer/Plan Sponsor
SPX Corporation
13320 Ballantyne Corporate Place
Charlotte, NC 28277
Phone: (704) 752-4400
Address for First Level Appeal
The designated Claims Administrator is:
Sun Life Financial
Appeals Unit
P.O. Box 81601
Wellesley Hills, MA 02481

Name, Address, and Phone Number of Plan Administrator, Fiduciary, and Agent for Service of Legal Process
SPX Corporation
13320 Ballantyne Corporate Place
Charlotte, NC 28277
Phone: (704) 752-4400

Legal process may be served upon the Plan Administrator.
Ending Date of Plan Year
December 31
Procedures for Filing Claims
For detailed information on submitting claims for benefits, refer to the section entitled “Claim Filing Procedure.”
The designated Claims Administrator is:
Sun Life Financial
Long Term Disability Claims

15    



PO Box 81830
Wellesley Hills, MA 02481

Glossary of Terms
Certain words and terms used will be defined as follows and are shown in italics throughout this Plan.
Base Pay
Your base pay is equal to your expected annual pay, exclusive of bonuses.
Claims Administrator
The company contracted by SPX that is responsible for processing benefits claims under the Plan terms and other administrative services deemed necessary for the Plan operation, as delegated by SPX from time to time. Currently, this is Sun Life Financial.
Covered Person
A person who is eligible for coverage under this Plan upon satisfying the eligibility requirements.
Disability/Disabled
You are considered disabled under this Plan if: (a) you are entitled to payment of benefits under the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan; or (b) you would be entitled to payment of benefits under the SPX Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan if you were a participant under such plan.
Earnings
Earnings are based on your annual base pay, less $200,000, plus target bonus under the annual executive bonus plan, less $200,000. For purposes of determining the Benefit Amount, any portion of the target bonus in excess of 100% shall not be considered.
Effective Date
The date this Plan began or the date on which the covered person’s coverage commences, whichever occurs later.
Employer
SPX Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, and each of its majority owned domestic subsidiaries.
Indexed Pre-disability Earnings
Pre-disability earnings increased by the lesser of:
any annual change in the Consumer Price Index, or
7%
Plan
The SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan.
Plan Administrator

16    



The Plan Administrator is SPX (or its agent or delegate) and is responsible for the day-to-day functions and management of the Plan.

17    

Exhibit
Exhibit 10.38

SPX CORPORATION
LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
FOR KEY MANAGERS
1.
Establishment and Purpose.
SPX Corporation (the “Corporation”) established the SPX Corporation Life Insurance Plan for Key Managers (the “Plan”) originally on January 1, 1986 for the purpose of attracting and retaining competent key managers. The Plan is hereby amended and restated effective as of September 26, 2015 (“Effective Date”).
2.
Eligibility to Participate.
The employees eligible to participate (“Participant”) in the Plan are those key managers who are designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which administers the Plan (the “Compensation Committee”). Former officers who retired prior to January 1, 1986 are also eligible to participate.
As part of the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. dated as of September 22, 2015 (and as may be amended from time to time), SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. entered into the Employee Matters Agreement dated as of September 26, 2015 (the “EMA”). In accordance with the EMA, all liabilities for Flowco Employees (as defined in the EMA) who participate in the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the EMA) are to be transferred to the SPX FLOW Life Insurance Plan for Key Managers (the “FLOW Plan”) as of the Effective Date (such Flowco Employees referred to as “Flow Transferees”). Flow Transferees shall become participants in the FLOW Plan as of such date.
For avoidance of doubt, for the Flow Transferees, the cessation of their employment with the Corporation shall not be considered as a termination due to “retirement” under the Plan. From and after the Effective Date, neither the Corporation nor this Plan shall have any liability with respect to the former participation by Flow Transferees in this Plan, and Flow Transferees (or their Beneficiaries) shall not be entitled to any payment of any benefits under the Plan. References to the FLOW Plan in this Plan are descriptive only, and neither the Corporation nor this Plan guarantees any payments or rights under the FLOW Plan.
3.
Benefits After Retirement.
In the event of the post-retirement death of a Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive an after-tax post-retirement death benefit equal to one times the Participant’s final base salary, less the amount of any death benefit paid with respect to the Participant under any group term life insurance policy paid for by the Corporation.
For purposes of the Plan, “retirement” (or such similar term) refers to a Participant whose employment with the Corporation terminates and at time of termination, the Participant

1


(i) is at least age 55, (ii) has a minimum of five (5) years of continuous service with the Corporation, and (iii) has a sum of age and continuous service that totals 65 or greater. Any Participant’s employment which terminates in accordance with Section 5(B) shall not be considered a termination due to retirement.
For the purpose of calculating the payment from the Corporation, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be a surviving spouse, to be in the highest algebraically combined, joint return, Federal and state income tax bracket for earned income and to be a resident of the state in which the Participant resided at the time of his death. Estate and inheritance taxes, if any, with respect to the payment from the Corporation shall not be taken into consideration in calculating the amount of benefit owed.
The amount of post-retirement death benefit paid directly by the Corporation shall be paid in a lump-sum; provided, however, the actuarial equivalent of such amount may be paid over a fifteen (15) year period certain, using a six percent (6%) interest rate compounded annually, if requested by the Beneficiary and consented to by the Compensation Committee.
Such payment shall first be made as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death and upon delivery to the Compensation Committee by the Participant’s Beneficiary of satisfactory proof of death.
4.
Benefits Paid Prior to Retirement.
In the event of the pre-retirement death of a Participant, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive an after-tax payment equal to two times the Participant’s base salary as of the time of his death, less the amount of any death benefit paid with respect to the participant under any group term life insurance policy paid for by the Corporation.
For purposes of calculating the payment from the Corporation, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be a surviving spouse, to be in the highest algebraically combined joint return, Federal and state income tax bracket for earned income and to be a resident of the state in which the Participant resided at the time of his death. Estate and inheritance taxes, if any, with respect to the payment from the company shall not be taken into account in calculating the benefit.
The amount of pre-retirement death benefit paid directly by the Corporation shall be paid in a lump-sum; provided, however, the actuarial equivalent of such amount may be paid over a fifteen (15) year period certain, using a six percent (6%) interest rate compounded annually, if requested by the Beneficiary and consented to by the Compensation Committee.
Such payment shall first be made as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death and upon delivery to the Compensation Committee by the Participant’s Beneficiary of satisfactory proof of death.

2


5.
Eligibility for Benefits at Termination of Employment.
A.
Generally
If the Participant employment with the Corporation terminates for any reason other than death before retirement, and subject to Section 5(C), no payments shall be due under this Plan.
B.
For Cause
If the Participant’s employment terminates as a result of discharge by the Corporation for proven dishonesty, gross misconduct, misappropriation of the Corporation’s funds or property, willful destruction of the Corporation’s property or other dishonest or fraudulent conduct (or for such reason that constitutes “cause” (or such similar term) under the Participant’s employment or change in control or other similar agreement with the Corporation), no payment shall be due under the Plan.
C.
For Disability
(i)
If the Participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated before his 65th birthday for reason of disability, he may continue to participate in this Plan, with the consent of the Compensation Committee. The Participant whose employment is terminated due to a disability will be considered to be a continuing employee of the Corporation until he reaches his 65th birthday (or ceases to be disabled), at which time he will be deemed to have retired.
(ii)
“Disability” or “disabled” as used herein means the Participant’s inability to engage in any occupation or employment for wage or profit for which he is reasonably qualified by education, training or experience, by reason of a medically-determined physical or mental impairment which can be expected to continue for the balance of his lifetime. The determination of the Participant’s disability shall be made by the Compensation Committee. The Participant agrees to submit to such physical examination and furnish such proof as may be required by the Compensation Committee in connection with the determination of the existence and continuation of the disability.
(iii)
The Compensation Committee shall have sole discretion in the ultimate determination as to those who may remain in the Plan under this Section 5(C).
6.
Beneficiary Designation.

3


Each participant in the Plan shall designate a Beneficiary, class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries on a form to be provided by the Compensation Committee. Such designation of a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation with the Compensation Committee.
If any Participant shall fail to designate a Beneficiary, or if all Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, payment (if any) shall be made within a reasonable time to the first surviving class, and in equal shares if there are more than one in each class, of the following classes of successive beneficiaries:
1.Participant’s widow or widower or surviving domestic partner
2.    Surviving children
3.    Surviving parents
4.    Surviving brothers or sisters
5.    Executor or administrator
7.
No Contract of Employment.
Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Corporation and the Participant. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation to terminate a Participant’s service at any time with or without cause or notice and whether or not such termination results in any adverse effect on the individual’s interests under the Plan.
8.
Payments as Supplemental Compensation.
The benefits provided hereunder shall not affect the Participant’s annual salary while in full-time employment of the Corporation, nor shall such benefits affect the Participant’s right to participate in any existing or future retirement plan or any other supplemental arrangement. Payments received by a Participant under the Plan shall not be deemed part of a Participant’s regular, recurring compensation for purposes of any termination, indemnity or severance pay laws and shall not be included in, nor have any effect on, the determination of benefits under any other employee benefit plan, contract or similar arrangement provided by the Corporation, unless expressly so provided by such other plan, contract or arrangement.
9.
Rights not Assignable.
This Plan and the rights, interests and benefits hereunder shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged, sold, conveyed or encumbered in any way by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance of the rights, interest or benefits provided pursuant to the terms of this Plan contrary to

4


the terms of the foregoing sentence, or the levy of any additional or similar process thereupon, shall be null and void and without effect.
10.
Purchase of Insurance Contracts.
In the event the Corporation decides to buy life insurance policies, the Participant agrees to cooperate with the Corporation in providing information for, and submitting to, any physical examination necessary to obtain such insurance policy. It is essential that all responses and answers to information requested by the insurance company be true and correct as to medical facts in order to prevent the insurance company from declaring the policy null and void. If the insurance company declares the policy null and void because information provided by the Participant is not true and correct, no benefits shall be payable under this Plan to that Participant’s Beneficiary. A life insurance policy on the life of the Participant, if purchased, shall name the Corporation as owner and beneficiary. Such policy, when purchased, shall remain a general unsecured, unrestricted asset of the Corporation, and neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any rights with respect to, or claim against, such policy. Such policy shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary, nor shall such policy be deemed to be held in any such trust as collateral security for fulfilling the obligations of the Corporation under the terms of this Plan.
The Plan at all times shall be entirely unfunded and the Corporation shall not be required at any time to segregate any assets of the Corporation for payment of any benefits hereunder. No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Corporation by reason of the right to receive a benefit under the Plan and any such Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Corporation with respect to any rights under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guaranty by the Corporation or any other entity or person that the assets of the Corporation will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.
11.
Successors, Mergers and Consolidation.
This Plan shall be binding upon the Corporation, its successor and assigns, including without limitations any person, organization or corporation which may acquire substantially all of the assets and business of the Corporation or any company or corporation into which the Corporation may be merged or consolidated. For avoidance of doubt, SPX FLOW, Inc. shall not be deemed a successor of the Corporation for purposes of the Plan, and SPX FLOW, Inc. shall have no liability under this Plan.
Nothing in this Plan shall be construed (a) to limit, impair or otherwise affect the Corporation’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets or (b) to limit the right or power of the Corporation, or any affiliate, to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

5


12.
Amendment and Termination.
This Plan may be modified, amended or terminated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
13.
Applicable Law.
The Plan (including, without limitation, any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Compensation Committee or Corporation relating to the Plan) shall be construed and administered exclusively in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. The jurisdiction and venue for any disputes arising under, or any action brought to enforce (or otherwise relating to), the Plan will be exclusively in the courts in the State of North Carolina, County of Mecklenburg, including the Federal Courts located therein (should Federal jurisdiction exist).
14.
Administration.
This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee may establish such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as it deems necessary to determine eligibility to participate in the Plan and for the proper administration of the Plan, and may amend or revoke any rule or regulation so established. The Compensation Committee may make such determinations and interpretations under or in connection with the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. The Compensation Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Compensation Committee selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. All such rules, regulations, determinations and interpretations shall be binding and conclusive upon the Corporation, its affiliates, its stockholders, all Participants and Beneficiaries, and upon their respective legal representatives, beneficiaries, successors and assigns, and upon all other persons claiming under or through any of them. The Compensation Committee may appoint accountants, actuaries, counsel, advisors and other persons that it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the Plan.
The Compensation Committee may delegate any of its duties under the Plan to one or more officers of the Corporation. The Compensation Committee shall also be permitted to delegate, to any appropriate officer or employee of the Corporation, responsibility for performing certain ministerial functions under the Plan. In the event that the Compensation Committee’s authority is delegated to officers or employees in accordance with the foregoing, all provisions of the Plan relating to the Compensation Committee shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the foregoing by treating any such reference as a reference to such officer or employee for such purpose. Any action undertaken in accordance with the Compensation Committee’s delegation of authority hereunder shall have the same force and effect as if such action was undertaken directly by the Compensation Committee and shall be deemed for all purposes of the Plan to have been taken by the Compensation Committee.

6


15.
Validity.
In the event that any part of this Plan is invalid for any reason, such invalidity shall not affect the balance of this Plan, which shall remain valid and binding upon the parties and enforceable in accordance with its terms.
16.
Indemnification.
Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Compensation Committee or of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Corporation’s approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Corporation an opportunity, at its expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law or otherwise, or any power that the Corporation may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
17.
Duty of Participants and Beneficiaries.
The Participant and any Beneficiaries shall, as a condition of receiving benefits under this Plan, be obligated to provide the Compensation Committee with such information as the Compensation Committee shall require in order to administer the Plan. Each Participant shall keep the Corporation informed of his current address. The Corporation shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. If, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, the Corporation is unable to locate any Beneficiary for the Participant, then the Corporation shall have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to such Beneficiary or any other person and such benefit shall be irrevocably forfeited.
18.
Withholding and Right to Offset.
The Corporation may impute income to a Participant due to participating under the Plan, and deduct or withhold from any compensation or payment payable to a Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent it deems advisable to comply with applicable law. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation may offset any amounts to be paid to the Beneficiary of a Participant under the Plan against any amounts that such Participant (or Beneficiary) may owe to the Corporation or its affiliates.
19.
Headings and Construction.

7


The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of this Plan. Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless qualified by the context.


8
Exhibit
        Exhibit 10.42



AMENDMENT TO THE
SPX CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

SPX Corporation currently maintains the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved in Section 7.1 of the Plan, effective as of May 7, 2015 SPX Corporation hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
1.    Section 2.1 of the Plan is amended by replacing the enumerated items (i)-(iii) with the following:

“(i) if the Employee meets such criteria in a Plan Year between January 1 and October 31 of such Plan Year, the Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan in the first Plan Year following such Plan Year; and
(ii) if the Employee meets such criteria in a Plan Year between November 1 and December 31 of such Plan Year, the Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan in the second Plan Year following such Plan Year.”
2.    Section 3.1 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

“3.1     Elections to Contribute    (a) With respect to a Plan Year, a Participant may elect to have a percentage of Compensation deferred under this Plan with respect to any Compensation for services performed during the given Plan Year, even if such Compensation is paid during the following Plan Year. Such deferrals shall occur on a per payroll basis, and shall be credited by the Company to this Plan. Such an election with respect to any Plan Year must be made no later than December 31st of the preceding Plan Year, during the time period prescribed by the Administrator. Such elections shall be irrevocable for the applicable Plan Year after the election deadline provided in the preceding sentence.
A Participant may separately elect (i) a basic deferral percentage (in 1% increments, up to 50% of Compensation, which includes, without limitation, bonuses except for the bonus (if any) paid under the Executive Bonus Plan and/or Executive Annual Incentive Plan), and (ii) a supplemental bonus deferral percentage (in 1% increments, up to 100%), applicable only to the bonus (if any) paid under the Executive Bonus Plan and/or Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no deferrals and crediting are made under this Plan with respect to a Participant until the Applicable Limitation in the Qualified Savings Plan has been reached for the applicable Plan Year in which such Compensation was paid. For these purposes, “Applicable Limitation” means the limitation on benefits and compensation imposed on the Qualified Savings Plan by Code Section 401(a)(17).
A newly eligible Participant whose eligibility timing is determined pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 2.1(a) shall make elections to contribute with respect to the applicable Plan Year in the same manner as provided above.



(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable deferral percentages permitted under this Section 3.1 shall be reduced to the extent required by Code Section 409A with respect to a newly-eligible Participant (which shall include an Employee deemed to be “initially eligible” as provided under Code Section 409A).
(c) The contribution election procedures described in this Section 3.1 shall apply with respect to Participant Compensation in Plan Years after 2015. For Plan Years prior to 2016, the contribution election procedures shall be determined according to the applicable provisions and terms then in effect under the Plan (and in accordance with Code Section 409A to the extent applicable). For avoidance of doubt, no bonuses with respect to services performed in the 2015 Plan Year shall be eligible for deferral under the Plan, even if paid after the 2015 Plan Year.”
3.    Sections 3.2 and 4.2 of the Plan are amended by deleting “(or, if applicable, Base Compensation)”.
4.    Section 3.3 of the Plan is deleted and revised to read as “[Reserved]”.

Exhibit
Exhibit 10.43



AMENDMENT TO THE
SPX CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

SPX Corporation currently maintains the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved in Section 7.1 of the Plan, effective as of September 25, 2015, SPX Corporation hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
1.
Article II of the Plan is amended by adding the following new Section 2.3:
“Section 2.3    FLOW Transferees
As part of the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. dated as of September 22, 2015 (and as may be amended from time to time), SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. entered into the Employee Matters Agreement (the “EMA”). In accordance with the EMA, all liabilities for Flowco Employees (as defined in the EMA) who participate in the Plan are to be transferred to the SPX FLOW Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (the “FLOW SRSP Plan”) as of September 25, 2015 (such Flowco Employees referred to as “Flow Transferees”). As of such date, Flow Transferees shall cease to be Participants under this Plan and shall become participants in the FLOW SRSP Plan.
From and after September 25, 2015, neither the Company nor this Plan shall have any liability with respect to the former participation by Flow Transferees in this Plan, and Flow Transferees shall not be entitled to any payment of any benefits under the Plan. References to the FLOW SRSP Plan in this Plan are descriptive only, and neither the Company nor this Plan guarantees any payments or rights under the FLOW SRSP Plan. The provisions of this Section 2.3 shall supersede any provision in the Plan to the contrary.”

2.
Section 8.1 is amended by adding the following paragraph:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion at any time or from time to time, establish segregated funds, escrow accounts or trust funds (including through a grantor trust) whose primary purpose would be for the provision of benefits under this Plan. If such funds or accounts are established, however, individuals entitled to benefits hereunder shall not have any identifiable interest in any such funds or accounts nor shall such individuals be entitled to any preference or priority with respect to the assets of such funds or accounts. These funds and accounts would still be available to judgment creditors of the Company and to all creditors in the event of the Company’s insolvency or bankruptcy.”

3.
Section 8.9 is amended by adding the following sentence:



“For avoidance of doubt, SPX FLOW, Inc. shall not be deemed a successor of the Company for purposes of the Plan.”

4.
Section 9.1 is amended by adding the following paragraph:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, and to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A, on or prior to a Change-of-Control, the Company shall, (i) to the extent not previously established, establish a grantor trust, and (ii) fund such grantor trust with a single, irrevocable lump sum contribution which is, when combined with any other assets already held in the grantor trust, equal to the value of all vested Accounts under the Plan through the date of such Change-of-Control.  If a Participant shall continue to be employed by the Company or any successor after such Change-of-Control, each calendar year the Company (or any successor) shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days following the end of such calendar year, make an irrevocable contribution to the grantor trust in an amount that is necessary in order to maintain an account for the Participant that is equal to his or her vested Account under the Plan at the end of the applicable calendar year.  After a Change-of-Control, if the assets of the grantor trust are not sufficient to make payment of Plan benefits at any time, the Company (or any successor) shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days following notice from the trustee, make an irrevocable contribution sufficient to enable the trustee to make such Plan benefit payments. The Company (or any successor) shall provide such information as reasonably requested by the trustee in order for the trustee to fulfill its duties (including, without limitation, making Plan benefit determinations after a Change-of-Control) under the grantor trust agreement. As provided under Section 8.1, the Company shall retain beneficial ownership of all assets transferred to the grantor trust and such assets will be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.”

5.
Section 10.1 is amended by adding “(and subject to Section 2.3)” at the end of the first sentence.

Exhibit
Exhibit 10.44



AMENDMENT TO THE
SPX CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

SPX Corporation currently maintains the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved in Section 7.1 of the Plan, effective as of December 18, 2017, SPX Corporation hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
1.    For Plan Years beginning after 2016, Section 2.1 of the Plan is amended by replacing the references to “pay grade level of H or above” with “pay grade level of 0 to 4”.



Exhibit
Exhibit 10.47



AMENDMENT TO THE
SPX CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT RETIREMENT PLAN

SPX Corporation currently maintains the SPX Corporation Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved in Section 6.1 of the Plan, effective as of August 19, 2015, SPX Corporation hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
1.
Section 1.13 of the Plan is amended by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant’s Grandfathered Benefit for purposes of determinations under Sections 3.1(a)(i) and 3.1(c)(i) shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder.”

2.
Section 1.14 of the Plan is amended by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant’s GSX Transition Benefit solely for purposes of determinations under Sections 3.1(a)(i) and 3.1(c)(i) shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder.”

3.
Section 1.22 of the Plan is amended by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, a Participant’s Principal Accruals for purposes of determinations under Sections 3.1(a)(i) and 3.1(c)(i) shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder.”

4.
Section 1.24 of the Plan is amended by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, a Participant’s Qualified Plan Retirement Benefit for purposes of determinations under Sections 3.1(a)(i) and 3.1(c)(i) shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder.”




5.
Sections 3.1(a) and 3.1(c) of the Plan are each amended by adding the following sentence:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Qualified Plan Retirement Benefit for purposes of determinations under clause (i) above shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder.”

6.
Article IX of the Plan is amended by adding the following new Section 9.3:
“9.3. No Special Pension Enhancements. Notwithstanding Sections 9.1 and 9.2, a Participant’s Account Balance or Transition Benefit under this Plan, as described above, shall not include any “Special Pension Enhancement” applicable to such benefit determination under the Qualified Plan provided in conjunction with the August 31, 2015 freezing of the Qualified Plan for non-union participants thereunder; provided, however, the foregoing shall not be construed as to limit the determination of any Qualified Plan offset under the Plan.”


Exhibit
Exhibit 10.50



AMENDMENT TO THE
SPX CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR TOP MANAGEMENT

SPX Corporation currently maintains the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management (the “Plan”). Pursuant to the powers of amendment reserved in Section 6.1 of the Plan, effective as of September 26, 2015, SPX Corporation hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
1.
Article II of the Plan is amended by adding the following new Section 2.4:
“Section 2.4    FLOW Transferees.
As part of the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. dated as of September 22, 2015 (and as may be amended from time to time), SPX Corporation and SPX FLOW, Inc. entered into the Employee Matters Agreement dated as of September 26, 2015 (the “EMA”). In accordance with the EMA, all liabilities for Flowco Employees (as defined in the EMA) who participate in the Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in the EMA) are to be transferred to the SPX FLOW Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management (the “FLOW TMP Plan”) as of September 26, 2015 (such Flowco Employees referred to as “Flow Transferees”). As of such date, Flow Transferees shall cease to be Participants under this Plan and shall become participants in the FLOW TMP Plan.
From and after the September 26, 2015, neither the Company nor this Plan shall have any liability with respect to the former participation by Flow Transferees in this Plan, and Flow Transferees shall not be entitled to any payment of any benefits under the Plan. References to the FLOW TMP Plan in this Plan are descriptive only, and neither the Company nor this Plan guarantees any payments or rights under the FLOW TMP Plan. The provisions of this Section 2.4 shall supersede any provision in the Plan to the contrary (including, without limitation, any Appendices).”

2.
Section 7.9 is amended by adding the following sentence:
“For avoidance of doubt, SPX FLOW, Inc. shall not be deemed a successor of the Company for purposes of the Plan.”

3.
Article IX is amended by adding “and Section 2.4” after “Section 5.3”.

Exhibit
Exhibit 21.1
Entity Name
 
Domestic Jurisdiction
 
 
 
Ballantyne Holdings LLC
 
California
    Bethpage Finance SARL
 
Luxembourg
DBT Technologies (Pty) Ltd.
 
South Africa
Dormant Radio Australia Pty Ltd.
 
Australia
Fairbanks Morse Pump Corporation
 
Kansas
Flash Technology, LLC
 
Delaware
General Signal India Private Limited
 
India
Genfare Holdings, LLC
 
Delaware
Jurubatech Technologia Automotiva Ltda.
 
Brazil
Kayex Holdings LLC
 
Delaware
Kent-Moore Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda.
 
Brazil
Kiawah Holding Company
 
Cayman Islands
Marley Canadian Inc.
 
Canada
Marley Cooling Tower (Holdings) Limited
 
United Kingdom
Marley Engineered Products LLC.
 
Delaware
Marley Mexicana S.A. de C.V.
 
Mexico
MCT Services LLC
 
Delaware
Pinehurst Holding Company
 
Cayman Islands
Radiodetection (Canada) Ltd.
 
Canada
Radiodetection (China) Limited
 
Hong Kong
Radiodetection Australia Pty Limited
 
Australia
Radiodetection B.V.
 
Netherlands
Radiodetection Limited
 
United Kingdom
Radiodetection S.á r.l.
 
France
    SPX European Holding Limited
 
United Kingdom
    SPX Germany Holding GmbH
 
Germany
SPX (Guangzhou) Cooling Technologies Co., Ltd.
 
China
SPX Cooling Technologies Canada, Inc.
 
Canada
SPX Cooling Technologies Leipzig GmbH
 
Germany
SPX Cooling Technologies Malaysia Sdn Bhd
 
Malaysia
SPX Cooling Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
 
Singapore
    SPX Cooling Technologies (Suzhou) Co. Ltd.
 
China
    SPX Cooling Technologies Trading DMCC
 
Dubai
SPX Cooling Technologies UK Limited
 
United Kingdom
SPX Cooling Technologies, Inc.
 
Delaware
SPX Heat Transfer LLC
 
Delaware
SPX Holding Inc.
 
Connecticut
SPX Mauritius Ltd.
 
Mauritius
SPX Pension Trust Company Limited
 
United Kingdom
SPX Receivables, LLC
 
Delaware
SPX Technologies (Pty) Ltd.
 
Republic of South Africa
    SPX Thermal Equipment and Services India Private Limited
 
India
SPX Transformer Solutions, Inc.
 
Wisconsin
TCI International, Inc.
 
Delaware
The Marley Company LLC
 
Delaware
The Marley Wylain Company
 
Delaware
Vokes Limited
 
United Kingdom
XCel Erectors, Inc.
 
Delaware


1

Exhibit


Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-24043, 333-29843, 333-29851, 333-29855, 333-61766, 333-69250, 333-69252, 333-70245, 333-82645, 333-82647, 333-106897, 333-109112, 333-139351, 333-139352, 333-186817, and 333-206695 all on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 21, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s spin-off of SPX FLOW, Inc. through the distribution of the shares of SPX FLOW, Inc. to the Company’s stockholders) and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017.




/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

February 21, 2018
Charlotte, North Carolina




Exhibit

EXHIBIT 31.1



Certification
I, Eugene J. Lowe, III, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:
a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 21, 2018
/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III
 
President and Chief Executive Officer



Exhibit

EXHIBIT 31.2



Certification
I, Scott W. Sproule, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:
a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 21, 2018
/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE
 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer



Exhibit

EXHIBIT 32.1



The following statement is being made to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission solely for purposes of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350), which carries with it certain criminal penalties in the event of a knowing or willful misrepresentation.
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F. Street N.E.
Washington, DC 20549
Re: SPX Corporation
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In accordance with the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that:
(i)
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2017, fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
(ii)
the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of SPX Corporation.
Dated as of this 21st day of February, 2018.

/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III
 
/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE
Eugene J. Lowe, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer